WO2023143508A1 - Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元 - Google Patents

Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023143508A1
WO2023143508A1 PCT/CN2023/073545 CN2023073545W WO2023143508A1 WO 2023143508 A1 WO2023143508 A1 WO 2023143508A1 CN 2023073545 W CN2023073545 W CN 2023073545W WO 2023143508 A1 WO2023143508 A1 WO 2023143508A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
address
target
network element
identifier
segment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/073545
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
吕华章
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023143508A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023143508A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50—Address allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50—Address allocation
    • H04L61/5007—Internet protocol [IP] addresses
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50—Address allocation
    • H04L61/5053—Lease time; Renewal aspects
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the technical field of communications, and in particular relates to a method and device for determining an IP address, a method and device for determining an identifier, and a network element.
  • Terminal traffic can be exported from the User Plane Function (UPF) or Protocol Data Unit (PDU) Session Anchor (PSA) to access locations in the Data Network (DN) , such as an application server in a data network.
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • PSA Session Anchor
  • the previously visited location is not optimal for the terminal, but it is not clear how to determine the optimal location under the current data network.
  • the network elements that the terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment under the target data network which leads to the inability of the terminal to update the access location to the optimal location after the data network accessed by the terminal changes.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for determining an IP address, a method and device for determining an identifier, and a network element, which can solve the problem that the terminal cannot update the accessed location to an optimal location after the current data network accessed by the terminal is changed.
  • a method for determining an IP address includes:
  • the first network element obtains the target identifier
  • the first network element obtains first information
  • the first network element determines a target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a method for determining an IP address includes:
  • the second network element sends the first information to the first network element
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment, the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a method for determining an IP address includes:
  • the third network element receives a second request sent by the second network element, where the second request includes a target identifier
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a method for determining an identifier includes:
  • the first network element obtains the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the first network element obtains second information
  • the first network element determines a target identifier based on the second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the second mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate that the first network
  • the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a method for identifying an identifier includes:
  • the second network element sends second information to the first network element; wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a method for determining an identifier comprising:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a device for determining an IP address includes:
  • the first obtaining module is used to obtain the target identification
  • a second obtaining module configured to obtain the first information
  • a first determination module configured to determine a target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first IP address or IP The address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, the
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a device for determining an IP address includes:
  • the first sending module is configured to send first information to the first network element; wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment, the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • an IP address determination device includes:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive a second request sent by a second network element, where the second request includes a target identifier
  • a second determining module configured to determine the first information based on the second request
  • a second sending module configured to send the first information to the second network element
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element An IP address segment, where the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • an identification determination device comprising:
  • the third obtaining module is used to obtain the target IP address or IP address segment
  • a fourth obtaining module configured to obtain the second information
  • a third determining module configured to determine a target identifier based on the second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first Logo includes or etc.
  • the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target terminal A network element to be passed through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • an identification determination device is provided, and the device includes:
  • a third sending module configured to send second information to the first network element; wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • an identification determination device includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive a second request sent by a second network element, where the second request includes a target IP address or an IP address segment;
  • a fourth determining module configured to determine second information based on the second request
  • a fourth sending module configured to send the second information to the second network element
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a first network element in a thirteenth aspect, includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the When executed by the processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized.
  • a first network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the processor is used for:
  • the target IP address or IP address segment Based on the first information, determine the target IP address or IP address segment; wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a second network element, the second network element includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method described in the second aspect when executed.
  • a second network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment, the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a third network element includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method described in the third aspect when executing.
  • a third network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • the processor is configured to: determine first information based on the second request;
  • the communication interface is further configured to: send the first information to the second network element;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element,
  • the target identifier is used to refer to Indicates the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a first network element in a nineteenth aspect, includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method described in the fourth aspect when executed.
  • a first network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the processor is used for:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the The network element through which the target terminal needs to pass when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a second network element in a twenty-first aspect, includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the The steps of the method according to the fifth aspect are implemented when the processor executes.
  • a second network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a third network element in a twenty-third aspect, includes a processor and a memory, where the memory stores programs or instructions that can run on the processor, and the programs or instructions are executed by the The steps of the method described in the sixth aspect are implemented when the processor executes.
  • a third network element including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for:
  • the processor is configured to: determine second information based on the second request;
  • the communication interface is further configured to: send the second information to the second network element;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • a system for determining an IP address including: a first network element, a second network element, and a third network element, and the first network element can be used to perform the IP address determination as described in the first aspect. Steps of the determination method, the second network element can be used to perform the steps of the IP address determination method described in the second aspect, and the third network element can be used to perform the steps of the IP address determination method described in the third aspect .
  • a twenty-sixth aspect provides an identifier determination system, including: a first network element, a second network element, and a third network element, and the first network element can be used to execute the identifier determination method according to the fourth aspect
  • the second network element may be used to execute the steps of the identity determination method described in the fifth aspect
  • the third network element may be configured to execute the steps of the identity determination method described in the sixth aspect.
  • a twenty-seventh aspect provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method as described in the first aspect are implemented, or Realize the steps of the method as described in the second aspect, or realize the steps of the method as described in the third aspect, or realize the steps of the method as described in the fourth aspect, or realize the steps of the method as described in the fifth aspect , or implement the steps of the method according to the sixth aspect.
  • a chip in a twenty-eighth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, the processor is used to run programs or instructions, and implement the above described in the first aspect method, or implement the method as described in the second aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect, or implement the method as described in the fourth aspect, or implement the method as described in the fifth aspect, or implement the method as described in the fifth aspect, or implement the method as described in the third aspect The method described in the sixth aspect.
  • a twenty-ninth aspect provides a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the Steps in the method for determining an IP address as described above, or implementing the steps in the method for determining an IP address as described in the second aspect, or implementing the steps in the method for determining an IP address as described in the third aspect, or implementing the steps in the method for determining an IP address as described in the fourth aspect
  • IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal by defining the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal, and the target In order to determine the corresponding relationship between the identifiers of the network elements through which the target terminal accesses the area, after knowing the target identifier, determine the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier, and then determine the latest IP address that the target terminal can access.
  • An optimal IP address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable
  • Fig. 2 is one of the schematic flow charts of the method for determining the IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a terminal accessing a data network provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is the second schematic flow diagram of the IP address determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is the third schematic flow diagram of the IP address determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a fourth schematic flow diagram of a method for determining an IP address provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is the second schematic flow diagram of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is the third schematic flow diagram of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is the fourth schematic flowchart of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the device for determining the IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is the second structural schematic diagram of the device for determining an IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is the third structural schematic diagram of the device for determining the IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is the second structural schematic diagram of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is the third structural schematic diagram of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is the second structural schematic diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a first network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a second network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a third network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a second schematic structural diagram of a first network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a second structural schematic diagram of a second network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a second schematic structural diagram of a third network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and “second” distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/” generally means that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned system and radio technology, and can also be used for other systems and radio technologies.
  • the following description describes the New Radio (New Radio, NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6th Generation , 6G) communication system.
  • 6G 6th generation
  • Fig. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, a super mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) / virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, robot, wearable device (Wearable Device) , vehicle equipment (VUE), pedestrian terminal (PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, personal computers (personal computers, PCs), teller machines or self-service Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device 12 may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function, or Wireless access network unit.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • Wireless access network unit Wireless access network unit
  • the access network device 12 may include a base station, a WLAN access point, or a WiFi node, etc., and the base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B (eNB), an access point, a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), a radio Base Station, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Home Node B, Home Evolved B Node, Transmitting Receiving Point (Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms.
  • the core network equipment may include but not limited to at least one of the following: core network node, core network function, mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management function (Session Management Function, SMF), user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), policy control function (Policy Control Function, PCF), policy and charging rules function unit (Policy and Charging Rules Function, PCRF), edge application service Discovery function (Edge Application Server Discovery Function, EASDF), unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM), unified data warehouse (Unified Data Repository, UDR), home subscriber server (Home Subscriber Server, HSS), centralized network configuration ( Centralized network configuration, CNC), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF), network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF), local NEF (Lobility Management Entity, MME), access mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), session management function (Session Management Function, SMF), user plane
  • Fig. 2 is one of the flow diagrams of the IP address determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 2, the method includes the following steps 200 to 220:
  • Step 200 the first network element obtains the target identifier
  • Step 210 the first network element obtains first information
  • Step 220 the first network element determines the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element may be one or more network functions
  • the first network element may be an application function (Application Function, AF);
  • the first information may include one or more of the following:
  • the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, so that the first network element can determine the first IP address or the IP address corresponding to the target identifier based on the target identifier part;
  • a correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, so that the first network element can determine the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier based on the target identifier A corresponding relationship between identifiers, that is, a first mapping relationship;
  • a correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, so that the first network element can obtain the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier based on the target identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifiers that is, the first mapping relationship, and the first IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first IP address or IP address segment when determining the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information, may be first obtained based on the first mapping relationship and the target identifier, Then based on the first IP address or IP address segment, determine the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first IP address or IP address segment may be determined.
  • the address or IP address segment is the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target ID DNAI 1
  • the IP address of the EAS server selected by AF ie, the target Among the candidate IP addresses accessible to the terminal
  • there is exactly an EAS server IP address 10.1.1.1, which is in line with the first IP address or the range of the address segment, then this server can be selected to provide services for the terminal.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment After determining all first IP addresses or IP address segments corresponding to the target identifier, that is, when determining the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first IP address or IP address segment, it may be determined from them Part of the first IP address or IP address segment is the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target identifier DNAI 1
  • AF can choose the IP address of EAS. For example, among the EAS server IP addresses selected by the AF, 10.1.1.1 matches the range of the first IP address or address range, then this server may be selected to provide services for the terminal.
  • the AF may use the first IP address or address segment , it is found that the address is not the target IP address, so it is not determined as the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the traffic of the terminal can access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network through the network element exit indicated by the target identifier.
  • the AF can select the target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range. For example, the AF selects the server at 10.1.1.1 as the target EAS for the UE to access; it does not select the server at 100.10.2.1.
  • the AF may select a target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range, which may be in The target IP address or IP address segment belonging to the first IP address or IP address segment is determined among the candidate IP addresses accessible to the target terminal.
  • the candidate IP address accessible by the target terminal is known to the first network element.
  • the target by defining the correspondence between the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal and the identification of the network element through which the target terminal accesses the area, the target can be determined after knowing the target ID. Identify the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment, and then determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access from it, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also be based on the target Identify and re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to a first target identifier associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address
  • the segment may include an IP address or an IP address segment corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier);
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the User Plane Function (User Plane Function, UPF)/PDU Session Anchor (PDU Session Anchor, PSA), access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • PDU Session Anchor PDU Session Anchor
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • target identification can comprise external DNAI (external DNAI);
  • the target marker can be DNAI, or external DNAI.
  • DNAI and external DNAI can have a mapping relationship, external DNAI can be used by untrusted AF, and DNAI can be used internally by the 5G core network.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a terminal accessing a data network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network element is AF
  • the target terminal moves to a new location.
  • the service server EAS1 when the DN accessed by the target terminal changes, the service server EAS1 is not an optimal access location.
  • the service server EAS1 can be changed to EAS2, then the first network element AF can obtain the target identifier, which is the current DNAI (DNAI corresponding to PSA2), and determine an IP address of an EAS2 server corresponding to the current DNAI as a service server.
  • the first network element obtains the target identifier, including:
  • the first network element receives the target identifier sent by the second network element.
  • the second network element may be one or more network functions of the core network
  • the second network element may be a NEF
  • the first network element may receive a target identifier sent by the second network element, and the target identifier may make the second network element A network element learns that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may change;
  • a target identifier sent by the second network element may come from the second network element itself, or from one or more network functions of the core network such as SMF, that is, the SMF may pass the second network element to The target identifier is forwarded to the first network element.
  • the first network element may also acquire the target identifier from the SMF, and the target identifier may enable the first network element to know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may change.
  • the first network element can obtain a DNAI from the second network element, and the DNAI can make the first network element know that the anchor point of the PDU session may be migrated due to the movement of the UE, which will cause the migration of the EAS server accessed by the target terminal;
  • the AF may obtain a target ID (target DNAI, or target external DNAI) from the NEF or SMF, and the target ID is used to indicate to the AF.
  • a target ID target DNAI, or target external DNAI
  • Migration of the anchor point of the session will cause the migration of the EAS server.
  • the first network element when the first network element obtains the target identifier from the second network element, it may be obtained through signaling Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify.
  • the first network element obtains first information, including:
  • the first network element sends a first request to the second network element, where the first request includes the target identifier
  • the first network element receives the first information sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI);
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • the first network element can ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the DNAI through the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the external DNAI through the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may use the external DNAI to ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include the target identifier, indicating that the first network element What the unit needs to obtain is the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier;
  • the second network element may obtain the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier based on the first request;
  • the second network element may send the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier to the first network element ;
  • the first network element may receive the first IP address sent by the second network element based on the first request. address or IP address segment.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a first mapping relationship according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI), and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the first IP address Or the corresponding relationship between the IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • DNAI Data Network Access Identifier
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a first mapping relationship through DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a first mapping relationship according to the external DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the external DNAI Correspondence;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a first mapping relationship through the external DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the internal DNAI, wherein, A one-to-one correspondence between external DNAI and internal DNAI is known.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include a target identifier, indicating that what the first network element needs to obtain is to include the target identifier
  • the second network element may acquire the first mapping relationship based on the first request
  • the second network element may send the first mapping relationship to the first network element
  • the first network element may receive the first mapping relationship sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the first network element obtains first information, including:
  • the first network element receives the first information when receiving the target identifier.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) when providing the target identifier;
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to the external DNAI when providing the target identifier;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) can directly provide the first mapping relationship according to the data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) when providing the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used for Characterizing the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • DNAI Data Network Access Identifier
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the first mapping relationship according to the external DNAI when providing the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the first IP address or IP address segment and Correspondence between the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may receive the first IP address or IP address range when receiving the target identifier.
  • IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal by defining the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal, and the target In order to determine the corresponding relationship between the identifiers of the network elements through which the target terminal accesses the area, after knowing the target identifier, determine the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier, and then determine the latest IP address that the target terminal can access.
  • An optimal IP address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • Fig. 4 is the second schematic flow diagram of the IP address determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 4, the method includes the following steps 400:
  • Step 400 the second network element sends the first information to the first network element
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment, the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the second network element may be one or more network functions
  • the second network element may be a network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF);
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, and the second network element can send the first IP address or IP address segment to the first network element, so that the first network element
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier may be determined based on the target identifier;
  • the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, and the second network element can send the first mapping relationship to the first network element, so that the first network element can determine the The corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, that is, the first mapping relationship;
  • the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier can be defined, and the second network element can send the first mapping relationship and the first IP address or IP address segment to the first network element;
  • the first network element can obtain the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier based on the target identifier, that is, the first mapping relationship, and the first IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element may first obtain the first IP address or IP address segment based on the first mapping relationship and the target identifier when determining the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information.
  • the IP address segment and then determine the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second A network element may determine that the first IP address or IP address segment is the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target ID DNAI 1
  • the IP address of the EAS server selected by AF ie, the target terminal can Candidate IP addresses for access
  • this server can be selected to provide services for the terminal.
  • the first network element may determine part of the first IP address or IP address segment as the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target identifier DNAI 1
  • AF can choose the IP address of EAS. For example, among the EAS server IP addresses selected by the AF, 10.1.1.1 matches the range of the first IP address or address range, then this server may be selected to provide services for the terminal.
  • the AF may use the first IP address or address segment , it is found that the address is not the target IP address, so it is not determined as the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the traffic of the terminal can pass through the network element exit indicated by the target identifier to access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network.
  • the AF can select the target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range. For example, the AF selects the server at 10.1.1.1 as the target EAS for the UE to access; it does not select the server at 100.10.2.1.
  • the AF may select a target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range, which may be in The target IP address or IP address segment belonging to the first IP address or IP address segment is determined among the candidate IP addresses accessible to the target terminal.
  • the candidate IP address accessible by the target terminal is known to the first network element.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to a first target identifier associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address
  • the segment may include an IP address or an IP address segment corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier);
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the UPF/PSA, access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • target identification can comprise external DNAI (external DNAI);
  • the first network element is AF
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier Including DNAI as an example
  • the target terminal moves to a new location.
  • the service server EAS1 when the DN accessed by the target terminal changes, the service server EAS1 is not an optimal access location.
  • the service server EAS1 can be changed to EAS2, then the first network element AF can obtain the target identifier, which is the current DNAI (DNAI corresponding to PSA2), and determine an IP address of an EAS2 server corresponding to the current DNAI as a service server.
  • the target identification can be sent to the first network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address that the target terminal can access
  • the address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network element Before the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, the second network element receives a first request sent by the first network element, where the first request includes the target identifier;
  • the second network element acquires the first information based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI);
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • the first network element can ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the DNAI through the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the external DNAI through the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may use the external DNAI to ask the core network to provide the first IP address or IP address segment of the area corresponding to the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include the target identifier, indicating that the first network element What the unit needs to obtain is the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier;
  • the second network element may obtain the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier based on the first request;
  • the second network element may send the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier to the first network element ;
  • the first network element may receive the first IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a first mapping relationship according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI), and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the first IP address Or the corresponding relationship between the IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • DNAI Data Network Access Identifier
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a first mapping relationship through DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a first mapping relationship according to the external DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the external DNAI Correspondence;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a first mapping relationship through the external DNAI, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the internal DNAI, wherein, A one-to-one correspondence between external DNAI and internal DNAI is known.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element.
  • a request may include a target identifier, indicating that what the first network element needs to obtain is a first mapping relationship including the target identifier;
  • the second network element may acquire the first mapping relationship based on the first request
  • the second network element may send the first mapping relationship to the first network element
  • the first network element may receive the first mapping relationship sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the second network element may send a request to the first network element sending said target identification;
  • the first network element may receive a target identifier sent by the second network element, and the target identifier may enable the first network element to know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may change;
  • a target identifier sent by the second network element may come from the second network element itself, or from one or more network functions of the core network such as SMF, that is, the SMF may pass the second network element to The target identifier is forwarded to the first network element.
  • the first network element may also acquire the target identifier from the SMF, and the target identifier may enable the first network element to know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may change.
  • the first network element can obtain a DNAI from the second network element, and the DNAI can make the first network element know that the anchor point of the PDU session may be migrated due to the movement of the UE, which will cause the migration of the EAS server accessed by the target terminal;
  • the AF may obtain a target ID (target DNAI, or target external DNAI) from the NEF or SMF, and the target ID is used to indicate to the AF.
  • a target ID target DNAI, or target external DNAI
  • Migration of the anchor point of the session will cause the migration of the EAS server.
  • the first network element when the first network element obtains the target identifier from the second network element, it may be obtained through signaling Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify.
  • the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, including:
  • the second network element When the second network element sends the target identifier to the first network element, send the first information to the first network element.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to a data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) when providing the target identifier;
  • a data network access identifier Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the corresponding first IP address or IP address range according to the external DNAI when providing the target identifier;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) can directly provide the first mapping relationship according to the data network access identifier (Data Network Access Identifier, DNAI) when providing the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used for Characterizing the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • DNAI Data Network Access Identifier
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may, when providing the target identifier, according to the external DNAI directly providing a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the external DNAI;
  • the first network element may receive the first IP address or IP address range when receiving the target identifier.
  • the acquiring the first information includes:
  • the second network element acquires the first information based on a local cache.
  • the first mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the first information may be acquired based on a local cache; wherein, the local cache stores the first mapping relationship.
  • the first mapping relationship can be cached locally, and thereafter, if necessary, the first network element sends the first IP address corresponding to the target identifier or an IP address segment, it may be checked in the local cache whether there is a first mapping relationship used to characterize the corresponding relationship between the target identifier and the first IP address or IP address segment, and if so, the following may be sent to the first network element any one:
  • the second network element provides the first network element with the first information based on the local cache instead of obtaining it from other network parts, which can effectively reduce signaling interaction and save signaling resources.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the first information based on the target identifier
  • the acquiring the first information includes:
  • the second network element directly determines the first information based on the target identifier.
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may be capable of determining the first information based on the target identifier
  • the second network element may be capable of determining the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier based on the target identifier;
  • the second network element may be capable of determining, based on the target identifier, a first mapping relationship representing a correspondence between the target identifier and the first IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element when the second network element acquires the first information, it may directly determine the first information based on its own capability.
  • any of the following items may be sent to the first network element:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment The first IP address or IP address segment.
  • the second network element determines the first information that needs to be provided to the first network element based on its own capability, without obtaining it from other network parts, which can effectively reduce signaling interaction and save signaling resources.
  • the acquiring the first information includes:
  • the second network element determines a third network element serving the target terminal
  • the second network element sends a second request to the third network element, where the second request includes the target identifier
  • the second network element receives the first information sent by the third network element based on the second request.
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and request the first information from the third network element;
  • the second network element may first determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and then send a second request including the target identifier to the third network element, so as to request the first information from the third network element;
  • the third network element may determine the first information based on the target identifier in the second request;
  • the third network element may send the first information to the second network element;
  • the second network element may send the first information to the first network element.
  • the third network element may be one or more network functions
  • the third network element may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • the second network element determining a third network element serving the target terminal includes:
  • the second network element acquires the terminal identifier of the target terminal
  • the second network element acquires the network element identifier of the third network element based on the terminal identifier
  • the second network element determines the third network element based on the network element identifier.
  • the second network element may first obtain the terminal identifier of the target terminal, and based on the terminal identifier, obtain the network element identifier of the third network element;
  • the network element identifiers of the three network elements may include one or more of the following:
  • NE IP address NE port number, NE FQDN, or NE ID.
  • the second network element may determine the third network element based on the network element identifier.
  • the target identification can be sent to the first network element The corresponding first IP address or IP address segment, or send the first IP address or IP address segment and the target The corresponding relationship between identifications, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal is changed, the target terminal can also reconnect based on the target identification. Determine the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • Fig. 5 is the third schematic flow diagram of the IP address determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 5, the method includes the following steps 500 to 520:
  • Step 500 the third network element receives the second request sent by the second network element, and the second request includes the target identifier
  • Step 510 the third network element determines first information based on the second request
  • Step 520 the third network element sends the first information to the second network element
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the third network element may be one or more network functions
  • the third network element may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may first obtain the first information
  • the second network element may determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and request the first information from the third network element;
  • the second network element may first determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and then send a second request including the target identifier to the third network element, so as to request the first information from the third network element;
  • the third network element may determine the first information based on the target identifier in the second request;
  • the third network element may send the first information to the second network element;
  • the second network element may send the first information to the first network element.
  • the first network element may first obtain the first IP address or IP address segment based on the first mapping relationship and the target identifier when determining the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information. The IP address segment, and then determine the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second One network element can be sure Set the first IP address or IP address segment as the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • this server can be selected to provide services for the terminal.
  • the first network element may determine part of the first IP address or IP address segment as the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the AF may use the first IP address or address segment , it is found that the address is not the target IP address, so it is not determined as the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the traffic of the terminal can pass through the network element exit indicated by the target identifier to access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network.
  • the AF can select the target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range. For example, the AF selects the server at 10.1.1.1 as the target EAS for the UE to access; it does not select the server at 100.10.2.1.
  • the AF may select a target IP address or IP address segment that matches the server accessed or accessed by the target terminal according to the IP address range, which may be in The target IP address or IP address segment belonging to the first IP address or IP address segment is determined among the candidate IP addresses accessible to the target terminal.
  • the candidate IP address accessible by the target terminal is known to the first network element.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to a first target identifier associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address
  • the segment may include an IP address or an IP address segment corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier);
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the UPF/PSA, access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • the target identifier may include external DNAI (external DNAI).
  • FIG. 6 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the IP address determination method provided in the embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 6, the core network is the 5GC network side, the first network element is AF, and the second network element Taking NEF as an example, and the third network element being SMF, the method for determining the IP address may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 AF sends a first request
  • the AF may obtain a target DNAI (i.e. target identifier, or external target DNAI) from the NEF or SMF, and the DNAI is used to indicate to the AF that the PDU session may be interrupted due to UE movement.
  • a target DNAI i.e. target identifier, or external target DNAI
  • the migration of the anchor point will lead to the migration of the EAS server.
  • AF can get target DNAI from NEF or SMF through Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify or Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify before triggering the first request.
  • the first request sent by the AF is used to obtain the first information. Therefore, the signaling of the first request can be designed as: Nnef_IPrange_Get Request; for example, use the target identifier to obtain the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment.
  • the AF triggers the first request and sends it to the NEF.
  • the first request includes a DNAI (that is, the target obtained above DNAI), requesting the 5GC network side to provide the server IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the DNAI;
  • the first request may include DNAI (or external DNAI), and any one or more of the following: AF location information, AF's IP address, or UE's IP address.
  • DNAI or external DNAI
  • Step 2 NEF verifies the action of AF
  • the NEF may be capable of directly mapping to the corresponding first IP address segment or IP address based on the DNAI. In this case, the process from step 3 to step 9 can be omitted.
  • the NEF may cache the first mapping relationship between the DNAI and the first IP address segment or IP address, that is, the first IP address segment or IP address may be determined based on the cache after receiving the target identifier. In this case, the process from step 3 to step 9 can be omitted.
  • the NEF can map it to the DNAI used internally by the 5GC (for example, interanl NEF), and then continue the process after step 3.
  • the NEF may not perform this kind of mapping, and it may be mapped by other network parts, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 3 NEF triggers the service of BSF (can be realized based on signaling Nbsf_Management_Discovery);
  • the NEF may trigger the BSF to find the corresponding SUPI according to the IP address of the UE provided in step 1, and the SUPI is the identifier of the UE currently served by the AF. This service is used to obtain SUPI.
  • Step 4 BSF provides SUPI (can be implemented based on signaling Nbsf_Management_Discovery response (SUPI));
  • Step 5 NEF triggers UDM service (can be implemented based on signaling Nudm_SDM_Get request); this service is used to obtain and manage the SMF of the PDU session between AF/EAS and UE.
  • the NEF gets the SUPI, it triggers the service of the UDM, and the NEF can trigger the UDM to provide the instance ID of the SMF serving the current UE.
  • the DNAI of the current PDU session is known to the SMF.
  • Step 6 UDM provides the ID of SMF (can be realized based on signaling Nudm_SDM_Get request response (SMF instance ID));
  • the NE may determine the ID of the SMF, and may also include information such as the IP address of the SMF.
  • Step 7 NEF sends a second request to SMF
  • the NEF may send a subscription request or a parameter acquisition request, as the second request or for bearing the second request, to the SMF, requesting to obtain the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the DNAI or external DNAI, Or request first mapping information.
  • the current PDU session may refer to: a PDU session is currently established between the EAS and the UE, and the AF is a control plane network element serving the EAS.
  • the existing Nsmf_EventExposure_Subscribe can be reused.
  • the subscription request is input to target DNAI, and then SMF provides the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the DNAI in the form of Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify, or a new signaling: Nsmf_IPRange_Get request, and then input Parameters for DNAI (external DNAI), as the second request, is used to request to obtain the first information, that is, the IP address or IP range corresponding to this DNAI or external DNAI, and/or obtain the first mapping relationship.
  • Step 8 SMF provides first information
  • the SMF may provide the NEF with the first information, that is, the IP address or IP address range corresponding to the DNAI, and/or the first mapping relationship.
  • Step 9 NEF determines the mapping between external DNAI and the first IP address or IP address segment
  • the NEF can change the mapping from the DNAI fed back by the SMF to the first IP address or IP address segment into the mapping between the external DNAI and the first IP address or IP address segment.
  • step 9 can be selectively performed based on whether external DNAI is introduced.
  • Step 10 AF acquires first information.
  • the AF can obtain the first information through the signaling Nnef_IPrange_Get Response sent by the NEF;
  • the AF After the AF learns the first IP address or IP address segment, or after the AF learns the first mapping information, it can determine the target IP address or IP address segment, and then determine the target EAS based on the target DNAI during EAS relocation.
  • the target identification can be sent to the second network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the second network element forwards to the first network element, and then the first network element
  • the network element can determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • Fig. 7 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 7, the method includes the following steps 700 to 720:
  • Step 700 the first network element obtains the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the AF can obtain the IP address or IP address segment of the target EAS (i.e., the target IP address or IP address segment), AF can also obtain the IP address or IP address range that it can provide services.
  • the current range of IP addresses that AF can provide is: 10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255, which are used as target IP addresses or IP address segments.
  • Step 710 the first network element obtains second information
  • Step 720 the first network element determines the target identifier based on the second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the second mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate that the first network
  • the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element may be one or more network functions
  • the first network element may be an application function (Application Function, AF);
  • the second information may include one or more of the following:
  • the first identifier may include one or more identifiers.
  • the target identifier may include one or more identifiers.
  • the first network element may inform the core network, such as the 5G core network, of the range.
  • the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, so that the first network element can determine the target IP address or IP address segment based on the target IP address or IP address segment The corresponding first logo;
  • a correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, so that the first network element can determine the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the corresponding relationship between IP addresses or IP address segments that is, the second mapping relationship;
  • a correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, so that the first network element can obtain the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the corresponding relationship between IP addresses or IP address segments that is, the second mapping relationship, and the first identifier;
  • the target identifier when determining the target identifier based on the second information, first obtain the first identifier based on the second mapping relationship and the target IP address or IP address segment, and then based on the first identifier , to determine the target identity;
  • the AF can obtain the target DNAI corresponding to the target EAS. Then this target DNAI can be used by SMF to establish a PDU session for the new EAS IP address (ie target IP address or IP address segment), select UPF.
  • the target identification after determining the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment, based on the first An identification, when determining the target identification, it can be determined that the first identification is the target identification;
  • part of the first identities may be determined as target identities
  • the traffic of the terminal can access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network through the exit of the network element indicated by the target identifier.
  • the first network element sends the target IP address or IP address segment, such as the EAS IP address is 10.1.1.1, to the core network, and then obtains the second information.
  • the AF can report the target DNAI (or external target DNAI), notify the 5G core network, and then assist the SMF to establish a PDU session for the current terminal and the new access server, Or select a new user plane, through which the new EAS IP address (ie the target IP address or IP address segment) can be accessed (ie the network element indicated by the target identifier).
  • the new EAS IP address ie the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address corresponding to the first target identifier
  • the first target identifier is associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier). address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the UPF/PSA, access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • the target identifier may include external DNAI (external DNAI).
  • obtaining the target IP address or IP address segment by the first network element includes:
  • the first network element receives the target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element.
  • the second network element may be one or more network functions of the core network
  • the second network element may be a NEF
  • the first network element may receive a target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element, and the target IP address or IP address segment may enable the first network element to know the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal Sections are subject to change;
  • a target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element may come from the second network element itself, or from one or more network functions of the core network such as SMF, that is, the SMF may pass The second network element forwards the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element;
  • the second network element may learn from other network functions of the core network that the location accessed by the target terminal needs to be relocated. Move to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the SMF may learn from other network functions of the core network that the location accessed by the target terminal needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element may also obtain the target IP address or IP address segment from the SMF, and the target IP address or IP address segment may enable the first network element to know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may occur Variety.
  • the first network element can obtain the IP address or IP address segment of a certain EAS from the second network element, and the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS can let the first network element know that the PDU session may be disconnected due to the movement of the UE.
  • the migration of the anchor point will lead to the migration of the EAS server accessed by the target terminal, and it needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • AF may obtain a target IP address or IP address segment from NEF or SMF, which is used to indicate to AF that a PDU session
  • NEF or SMF which is used to indicate to AF that a PDU session
  • the migration of the anchor point will cause the migration of the EAS server, and it needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element when the first network element obtains the target IP address or IP address segment from the second network element, it may be obtained through signaling Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify.
  • the first network element obtains second information, including:
  • the first network element sends a first request to the second network element, where the first request includes the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first network element receives the second information sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide the corresponding first identifier according to the IP address or IP address range;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the first identifier of the area corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) can provide external DNAI according to the target IP address or IP address range;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the external DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the external DNAI corresponding to the internal DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include the target IP address or IP address segment, Indicates that what the first network element needs to obtain is the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may obtain the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first request;
  • the second network element may send the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element ;
  • the first network element may receive the first identifier sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a second mapping relationship with the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address Correspondence between segments;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a second mapping relationship through the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first identifier and the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a second mapping relationship according to the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the relationship between the first identifier and the external DNAI Correspondence;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a second mapping relationship through the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the target IP address or IP address range and the internal DNAI relationship, where the one-to-one correspondence between the outer DNAI and the inner DNAI is known.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include a target IP address or an IP address segment, indicating that the first network element needs to obtain is a second mapping relationship including the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may acquire the second mapping relationship based on the first request
  • the second network element may send the second mapping relationship to the first network element;
  • the first network element may receive the second mapping relationship sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the first network element obtains second information, including:
  • the first network element When receiving the target IP address or IP address segment, the first network element receives the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the core network (such as the second network element) provides the target IP address or IP address segment, it can directly provide the corresponding first identifier, such as DNAI, according to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the core network (such as the second network element) provides the target IP address or IP address segment, it can directly provide the corresponding first identifier according to the target IP address or IP address segment, such as external DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide a second mapping relationship according to the target IP address or IP address segment when providing the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide a second mapping relationship according to the target IP address or IP address segment when providing the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first network element may receive the first identifier when receiving the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target terminal can re-determine the target terminal based on the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the signaling interaction is further reduced, and the implementation is simple.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • Fig. 8 is the second schematic flow diagram of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 8, the method includes the following steps 800:
  • Step 800 the second network element sends second information to the first network element
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first identifier may include one or more identifiers.
  • the second network element may be one or more network functions
  • the second network element may be a network exposure function (Network Exposure Function, NEF);
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, and the second network element can send the first identifier to the first network element, so that the first network element can or an IP address segment, determining the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, and the second network element can send the second mapping relationship to the first network element, so that the first network element can determine the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment, that is, the second mapping relationship;
  • the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment can be defined, and the second network element can send the second mapping relationship and the first identifier to the first network element; so that the first network element
  • the corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment, that is, the second mapping relationship, and the first identifier may be acquired based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element when determining the target IP address or IP address segment based on the second information, it may first obtain the target IP address or IP address segment based on the second mapping relationship and the target IP address or IP address segment The first identification, and then based on the first identification, determine the target identification;
  • the AF may obtain the first identifier from the network side.
  • the AF can obtain the target DNAI corresponding to the target EAS. Then this target DNAI can be used by SMF to establish a PDU session for the new EAS IP address (that is, target IP address or IP address segment), and select UPF.
  • the first network element may determine the first identifier as the target logo;
  • the first network element may determine part of the first identifiers from them. - the identification is the target identification;
  • the traffic of the terminal can access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network through the exit of the network element indicated by the target ID.
  • the first network element sends the target IP address or IP address segment, such as the EAS IP address is 10.1.1.1, to the core network, and then obtains the second information.
  • the AF can report the target DNAI (or external target DNAI), notify the 5G core network, and then assist the SMF to establish a PDU session for the current terminal and the new access server, Or select a new user plane, through which the new EAS IP address (ie the target IP address or IP address segment) can be accessed (ie the network element indicated by the target identifier).
  • the new EAS IP address ie the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to a first target identifier associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address Duan Ke To include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier);
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the UPF/PSA, access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • the target identifier may include external DNAI (external DNAI).
  • the target IP address can be sent to the first network element.
  • the first identification corresponding to the address or IP address segment, or the corresponding relationship between the target IP address or IP address segment and the first identification, so that the first network element can determine the target terminal to access the optimal target IP address or IP
  • the address segment is the network element that needs to pass through, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second network element Before the second network element sends the first identifier to the first network element, the second network element receives the first request sent by the first network element, and the first request includes the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element acquires the second information based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide the corresponding first identifier according to the IP address or IP address range;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the first identifier of the area corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide For external DNAI;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the external DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide the external DNAI corresponding to the internal DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address range through the target IP address or IP address range.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include the target IP address or IP address segment, Indicates that what the first network element needs to obtain is the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may obtain the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first request;
  • the second network element may send the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element ;
  • the first network element may receive the first identifier sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a second mapping relationship with the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address Correspondence between segments;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a second mapping relationship through the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the correspondence between the first identifier and the DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may provide a second mapping relationship according to the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the relationship between the first identifier and the external DNAI Correspondence;
  • the first network element may ask the core network to provide a second mapping relationship through the target IP address or IP address range, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the target IP address or IP address range and the internal DNAI relationship, where the one-to-one correspondence between the outer DNAI and the inner DNAI is known.
  • the first network element may send a first request to the second network element, and the first request may include a target IP address or an IP address segment, indicating that the first network element needs to obtain is a second mapping relationship including the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may acquire the second mapping relationship based on the first request
  • the second network element may send the second mapping relationship to the first network element;
  • the first network element may receive the second mapping relationship sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the first network element may first obtain the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element before receiving the first request sent by the first network element, the second network element first sends the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element;
  • the first network element may receive a target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element, and the target Marking the IP address or IP address segment can make the first network element know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may change;
  • a target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element may come from the second network element itself, or from one or more network functions of the core network such as SMF, that is, the SMF may pass The second network element forwards the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element;
  • the second network element may learn from other network functions of the core network that the location accessed by the target terminal needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the SMF may learn from other network functions of the core network that the location accessed by the target terminal needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first network element may also obtain the target IP address or IP address segment from the SMF, and the target IP address or IP address segment may enable the first network element to know that the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal may occur Variety.
  • the first network element can obtain the IP address or IP address segment of a certain EAS from the second network element, and the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS can let the first network element know that the PDU session may be disconnected due to the movement of the UE.
  • the migration of the anchor point will lead to the migration of the EAS server accessed by the target terminal, and it needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • AF may obtain a target IP address or IP address segment from NEF or SMF, which is used to indicate to AF that a PDU session
  • the migration of the anchor point will cause the migration of the EAS server, and it needs to be migrated to the target IP address or IP address range.
  • the first network element when the first network element obtains the target IP address or IP address segment from the second network element, it may be obtained through signaling Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify.
  • the second network element sends the second information to the first network element, including:
  • the second network element When the second network element sends the target IP address or IP address segment to the first network element, send the second information to the first network element.
  • the core network (such as the second network element) provides the target IP address or IP address segment, it can directly provide the corresponding first identifier, such as DNAI, according to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the core network (such as the second network element) provides the target IP address or IP address segment, it can directly provide the corresponding first identifier according to the target IP address or IP address segment, such as external DNAI;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide a second mapping relationship according to the target IP address or IP address segment when providing the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the core network (such as the second network element therein) may directly provide the second information according to the target IP address or IP address segment when providing the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the first network element may receive the first identifier when receiving the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the acquiring the second information includes:
  • the second network element acquires the second information based on a local cache
  • the second mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second information may be acquired based on a local cache; wherein, the local cache stores the second mapping relationship.
  • the second mapping relationship can be cached locally, and then if it is necessary to send the target IP address or IP address segment correspondence to the first network element
  • the first identifier it may be checked in the local cache whether there is a second mapping relationship used to characterize the correspondence between the target IP address or IP address segment and the first identifier, and if so, the following may be sent to the first network element Either:
  • the second network element provides the second information to the first network element based on the local cache instead of obtaining it from other network parts, which can effectively reduce signaling interaction and save signaling resources.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the acquisition of the second information includes:
  • the second network element directly determines the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second network element may first acquire the second information
  • the second network element may be capable of determining the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may be capable of determining the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment based on the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element may be capable of determining, based on the target IP address or IP address segment, a second mapping relationship used to characterize the correspondence between the target IP address or IP address segment and the first identifier;
  • the second network element when the second network element acquires the second information, it may directly determine the second information based on its own capability.
  • any of the following items may be sent to the first network element:
  • the second network element determines the second information that needs to be provided to the first network element based on its own capability, without obtaining it from other network parts, which can effectively reduce signaling interaction and save signaling resources.
  • the acquiring the second information includes:
  • the second network element determines a third network element serving the target terminal
  • the second network element sends a second request to the third network element, where the second request includes the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second network element receives the second information sent by the third network element based on the second request.
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second network element may determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and request the second information from the third network element;
  • the second network element may first determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and then send a second request including the target IP address or IP address segment to the third network element, so as to request the third network element for the third network element.
  • Two information ;
  • the third network element may determine the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment in the second request;
  • the third network element may send the second information to the second network element;
  • the second network element may send the second information to the first network element.
  • the third network element may be one or more network functions
  • the third network element may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • the second network element determining a third network element serving the target terminal includes:
  • the second network element acquires the terminal identifier of the target terminal
  • the second network element acquires the network element identifier of the third network element based on the terminal identifier
  • the second network element determines the third network element based on the network element identifier.
  • the second network element when it determines the third network element serving the target terminal, it may first obtain the terminal identifier of the target terminal, and obtain the network element identifier of the third network element based on the terminal identifier;
  • the network element identifier of the third network element may include one or more of the following:
  • NE IP address NE port number, NE FQDN, or NE ID.
  • the second network element may determine the third network element based on the network element identifier.
  • the target IP address can be sent to the first network element.
  • the first identification corresponding to the address or IP address segment, or the corresponding relationship between the target IP address or IP address segment and the first identification, so that the first network element can determine the target terminal to access the optimal target IP address or IP
  • the address segment is the network element that needs to pass through, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • Fig. 9 is the third schematic flow diagram of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 9, the method includes the following steps 900 to 920:
  • Step 900 the third network element receives a second request sent by the second network element, and the second request includes a target IP address or an IP address segment;
  • Step 910 the third network element determines second information based on the second request
  • Step 920 the third network element sends the second information to the second network element
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the first identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used for Instructing the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the first identifier may include one or more identifiers.
  • the third network element may be one or more network functions
  • the third network element may be a session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • the second network element may first obtain the second information
  • the second network element may first acquire the second information
  • the second network element may determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and request the second information from the third network element;
  • the second network element may first determine a third network element serving the target terminal, and then send a second request including the target IP address or IP address segment to the third network element, so as to request the third network element for the third network element.
  • Two information ;
  • the third network element may determine the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment in the second request;
  • the third network element may send the second information to the second network element;
  • the second network element may send the second information to the first network element.
  • the first network element when determining the target identifier based on the second information, it may first obtain the first identifier based on the second mapping relationship and the target IP address or IP address segment, and then Determine the target identifier based on the first identifier;
  • the AF can obtain the target DNAI corresponding to the target EAS. Then this target DNAI can be used by SMF to establish a PDU session for the new EAS IP address (ie target IP address or IP address segment), select UPF.
  • the first network element may determine the first identifier as the target logo;
  • the first network element may determine part of the first identifiers from them. - the identification is the target identification;
  • the traffic of the terminal can pass through the network element exit indicated by the target identifier to access the location indicated by the target IP address or IP address segment in the data network.
  • the first network element sends the target IP address or IP address segment, such as the EAS IP address is 10.1.1.1, to the core network, and then obtains the second information.
  • the AF can report the target DNAI (or external target DNAI), notify the 5G core network, and then assist the SMF to establish a PDU session for the current terminal and the new access server, Or select a new user plane, through which the new EAS IP address (ie the target IP address or IP address segment) can be accessed (ie the network element indicated by the target identifier).
  • the new EAS IP address ie the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include the IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location to which the service server accessed by the target terminal will be migrated;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment may include an IP address or IP address segment corresponding to a first target identifier associated with the target terminal; that is, the target IP address or IP address
  • the segment may include an IP address or an IP address segment corresponding to the network element where the target terminal is located (the network element indicated by the target identifier);
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes at least one of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to;
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier may include a data network access identifier DNAI;
  • the traffic of the target terminal can be exported from the UPF/PSA, access the DN, and access the application server in the DN. Therefore, the DNAI identifier can be used to represent: when the target terminal accesses a certain server and accesses a certain DN, which UPF/PSA is used, that is, the identifier DNAI is used to identify the UPF/PSA (Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s) where applications are deployed).
  • external DNAI can be defined to prevent the parameter DNAI used inside the core network from being open to third-party AFs;
  • the external DNAI may have a one-to-one correspondence with the data network access identifier DNAI (also called internal DNAI); the external DNAI is used outside the core network, and the internal DNAI is used inside the core network.
  • DNAI also called internal DNAI
  • the network element indicated by the external DNAI may be: a network element indicated by the internal DNAI corresponding to the external DNAI;
  • the target identifier may include external DNAI (external DNAI).
  • FIG. 10 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the identification determination method provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 10, the core network is the 5GC network side, the first network element is AF, and the second network element is NEF, where the third network element is SMF as an example, the method for determining the IP address may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 AF sends a first request
  • the AF before the AF triggers the first request, it can obtain the target IP address or IP address segment from the NEF or SMF through Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify or Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify, such as the IP address or IP address segment of an EAS, and the target IP address or The IP address segment is used to indicate to the AF, and is used to obtain the DNAI or external DNAI corresponding to the IP address or the IP address segment.
  • the first request sent by the AF is used to obtain the first information.
  • the signaling of the first request can be designed as: Nnef_DNAI_Get Request; the AF can also send its own IP address, or the IP address of the service that the AF can provide
  • the address range is sent to the 5G core network.
  • the range of IP addresses currently served by AF is 10.1.0.0- 10.1.255.255.
  • the AF triggers the first request and sends it to the NEF, the first request includes a target IP address or IP address segment, and requests the 5GC network side to provide the first identification corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment or request the second mapping information ;
  • the first request may include the target IP address or IP address segment, and any one or more of the following: AF location information, AF's IP address, or UE's IP address.
  • Step 2 NEF verifies the action of AF
  • the NEF may be capable of directly mapping to the first identifier based on the target IP address or IP address segment. In this case, the process from step 3 to step 9 can be omitted.
  • the NEF may cache the second mapping relationship between the target IP address or IP address segment and the identifier, that is, the first identifier may be determined based on the cache after receiving the target IP address or IP address segment. In this case, the process from step 3 to step 9 can be omitted.
  • Step 3 NEF triggers the service of BSF (can be realized based on signaling Nbsf_Management_Discovery);
  • the service is used to obtain SUPI.
  • the NEF may trigger the BSF to find the corresponding SUPI according to the IP address of the UE provided in step 1, and the SUPI is the identifier of the UE currently served by the AF.
  • Step 4 BSF provides SUPI (can be implemented based on signaling Nbsf_Management_Discovery response (SUPI));
  • Step 5 NEF triggers UDM service (can be implemented based on signaling Nudm_SDM_Get request); this service is used to obtain and manage the SMF of the PDU session between AF/EAS and UE.
  • the NEF gets the SUPI, it triggers the service of the UDM, and the NEF can trigger the UDM to provide the instance ID of the SMF serving the current UE.
  • the DNAI of the current PDU session is known to the SMF.
  • Step 6 UDM provides the ID of SMF (can be realized based on signaling Nudm_SDM_Get request response (SMF instance ID));
  • the NE may determine the ID of the SMF, and may also include information such as the IP address of the SMF.
  • Step 7 NEF sends a second request to SMF
  • the NEF may send a subscription request or a parameter acquisition request, as the second request or for bearing the second request, to the SMF, requesting to obtain the first identifier corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment, or requesting Obtain the second mapping information.
  • the current PDU session may refer to: a PDU session is currently established between the EAS and the UE, and the AF is a control plane network element serving the EAS.
  • the existing Nsmf_EventExposure_Subscribe can be reused, the subscription request enters the target IP address or IP address segment (such as EAS IP or IP address of AF), and then SMF uses Provide the DNAI or external DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment in the form of Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify, or set a new signaling: Nsmf_DNAI_Get request, and then input the parameter as the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS as the second request for Request to obtain the second information, that is, the IP address of the EAS or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and/or obtain the second mapping relationship.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment such as EAS IP or IP address of AF
  • SMF uses Provide the DNAI or external DNAI corresponding to the target IP address or IP address segment in the form of Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify, or set a new signaling: Nsmf_DNAI_Get request, and then input
  • Step 8 SMF provides second information
  • the SMF may provide the NEF with the second information, that is, the IP address of the EAS or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and/or the second mapping relationship.
  • Step 9 NEF determines the mapping between the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS and the first identifier
  • the NEF can change the mapping from the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS fed back by the SMF to the internal DNAI into a mapping between the external DNAI and the IP address or IP address segment of the EAS.
  • step 9 can be selectively performed based on whether external DNAI is introduced.
  • Step 10 The AF acquires the second information.
  • the AF can obtain the second information through the signaling Nnef_DNAI_Get Response sent by the NEF;
  • the AF After the AF acquires the first identifier, or the AF acquires the second mapping information, it can determine the target identifier, and then determine the target DNAI according to the target EAS during EAS relocation.
  • the target IP address by defining the correspondence between the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal and the identification of the network element through which the target terminal accesses the area, the target IP address can be sent to the second network element.
  • the first identification corresponding to the address or IP address segment, or the corresponding relationship between the sending target IP address or IP address segment and the first identification, so that the second network element forwards to the first network element, and then the first network element It can determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, and can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal network element under the current data network. access location.
  • the IP address determining method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by an IP address determining device.
  • the method for determining the IP address performed by the device for determining the IP address is used as an example to describe the device for determining the IP address provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the IP address determining device provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 11 , the IP address determining device 1100 may include: a first obtaining module 1110, a second obtaining module 1120 and a first determining module 1130 ;in:
  • the first obtaining module 1110 is used to obtain the target identification
  • the second obtaining module 1120 is used to obtain the first information
  • the first determining module 1130 is configured to determine the target IP address or IP address segment based on the first information
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier; the first IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment; the target IP address or IP The address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment. network element.
  • the target by defining the correspondence between the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal and the identification of the network element through which the target terminal accesses the area, the target can be determined after knowing the target ID. Identify the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment, and then determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access from it, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also be based on the target Identify and re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • the first acquiring module 1110 is specifically configured to:
  • the second acquiring module 1120 is specifically configured to:
  • the first network element receives the first information sent by the second network element based on the first request.
  • the second acquiring module 1120 is specifically configured to:
  • the target identifier When the target identifier is received, the first information is received.
  • the first IP address corresponding to the target identification is determined.
  • the address or IP address segment and then determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • Optimal access location by defining the correspondence between the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal and the identification of the network element through which the target terminal accesses the area.
  • Fig. 12 is the second structural diagram of the device for determining the IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 12 , the device for determining the IP address 1200 may include: a first sending module 1210; wherein:
  • the first sending module 1210 is configured to send first information to a first network element; where the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment, the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target identification can be sent to the first network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address that the target terminal can access
  • the address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • the device also includes:
  • a third receiving module configured to receive a first request sent by the first network element before the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, where the first request includes the target identifier
  • a fifth obtaining module configured to obtain the first information based on the first request.
  • the first sending module 1210 is specifically configured to:
  • the fifth obtaining module or the first sending module 1210 is specifically configured to:
  • the first mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the first information based on the target identifier
  • the fifth obtaining module or the first sending module 1210 is specifically used for:
  • the first information is directly determined based on the target identifier.
  • the fifth obtaining module or the first sending module 1210 is specifically configured to:
  • the fifth obtaining module or the first sending module 1210 is specifically configured to:
  • the target ID can be sent to the first network element. Identify the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment, or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address that the target terminal can access.
  • the IP address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • Fig. 13 is the third structural diagram of the IP address determining device provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 13 , the IP address determining device 1300 may include: a first receiving module 1310, a second determining module 1320, and a second sending module 1330; of which:
  • the first receiving module 1310 is configured to receive a second request sent by a second network element, where the second request includes a target identifier;
  • the second determining module 1320 is configured to determine the first information based on the second request
  • the second sending module 1330 is configured to send the first information to the second network element
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target identification can be sent to the second network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the second network element forwards to the first network element, and then the first network element
  • the network element can determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • the apparatus for determining an IP address in this embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal, or other devices other than the terminal.
  • the electronic device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a handheld computer, a vehicle electronic device, a mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR ) devices, robots, wearable devices, ultra-mobile personal computers (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbooks or personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), etc., can also serve as servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), personal computer (personal computer, PC), television (television, TV), teller machine or self-service machine, etc., the terminal may include but not limited to the type of terminal 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS) etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Network Attached Storage Network Attached Storage
  • the device for determining the IP address in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with an operating system.
  • the operating system may be an Android (Android) operating system, an ios operating system, or other possible operating systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the device for determining the IP address provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize the various processes realized by the method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 6 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • the identifier determination method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by an identifier determination device.
  • the identification determination device provided in the embodiment of the application is described by taking the identification determination device executing the identification determination method as an example.
  • Fig. 14 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 14, the identification determination device 1400 may include: a third acquisition module 1410, a fourth acquisition module 1420, and a third determination module 1430; in:
  • the third obtaining module 1410 is used to obtain the target IP address or IP address segment
  • the fourth obtaining module 1420 is used to obtain the second information
  • the third determining module 1430 is configured to determine the target identifier based on the second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the The network element through which the target terminal needs to pass when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • obtaining the target IP address or IP address segment by the first network element includes:
  • the first network element receives the target IP address or IP address segment sent by the second network element.
  • the third obtaining module 1410 is used for:
  • the fourth obtaining module 1420 is specifically configured to:
  • the second information is received when the target IP address or IP address segment is received.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • Fig. 15 is the second structural schematic diagram of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 15, the identification determination device 1500 may include: a third sending module 1510; wherein:
  • the third sending module 1510 is configured to send the second information to the first network element
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the device also includes:
  • a fourth receiving module configured to receive a first request sent by the first network element before the second network element sends the first identifier to the first network element, where the first request includes the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • a sixth obtaining module configured to obtain the second information based on the first request.
  • the third sending module 1510 is specifically configured to:
  • the sixth acquiring module or the third sending module 1510 is specifically configured to:
  • the second mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the sixth obtaining module or the third sending module 1510 is specifically used for:
  • the second network element directly determines the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the sixth acquiring module or the third sending module 1510 is specifically configured to:
  • the sixth acquiring module or the third sending module 1510 is specifically configured to:
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • Fig. 16 is the third schematic structural diagram of the identification determination device provided by the embodiment of the present application; as shown in Fig. 16, the identification determination device 1600 may include: a second receiving module 1610, a fourth determining module 1620, and a fourth sending module 1630; :
  • the second receiving module 1610 is configured to receive a second request sent by a second network element, where the second request includes a target IP address or an IP address segment;
  • the fourth determining module 1620 is configured to determine second information based on the second request
  • the fourth sending module 1630 is configured to send the second information to the second network element
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target IP address can be sent to the second network element.
  • the first identification corresponding to the address or IP address segment, or the corresponding relationship between the sending target IP address or IP address segment and the first identification, so that the second network element forwards to the first network element, and then the first network element It can determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, and can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal network element under the current data network. access location.
  • the identifier determining apparatus in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal, or other devices other than the terminal.
  • the electronic device can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a handheld computer, a vehicle electronic device, a mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) ) equipment, robots, wearable devices, ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook or personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), etc., can also serve as server, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), personal computer (personal computer, PC), television (television, TV), teller machine or self-service machine, etc.
  • the terminal can include but not limited to the type of terminal 11 listed above, and other equipment can be server, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the device for determining the IP address in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with an operating system.
  • the operating system may be an Android (Android) operating system, an ios operating system, or other possible operating systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the identifier determination device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement the various processes implemented in the method embodiments in Fig. 7 to Fig. 10 and achieve the same technical effect, and will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • FIG. 17 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 1701 are stored, for example, when the communication device 1700 is the first network element, when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor 1701, the various steps of the above-mentioned IP address determination method embodiment are implemented , and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the communication device 1700 When the communication device 1700 is the second network element, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1701, each step of the above-mentioned IP address determination method embodiment can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved; the communication device 1700 is the third network element When the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1701, it realizes The various steps in the above embodiment of the method for determining an IP address can achieve the same technical effect, and will not be repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • FIG. 18 is the second structural schematic diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • a program or instruction that can be run on the processor 1801 is stored.
  • the communication device 1800 is the first network element, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1801, each step of the above embodiment of the identification determination method is implemented, And can achieve the same technical effect;
  • the communication device 1800 is the second network element, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1801, the steps of the above embodiment of the identification determination method can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved;
  • the communication When the device 1800 is the third network element, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1801, the steps of the above embodiment of the identification determination method are implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 19 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a first network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network element 1900 includes: a processor 1901 , a network interface 1902 and a memory 1903 .
  • the network interface 1902 is, for example, a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI).
  • the memory 1903 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 1903 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playing function, image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 1903 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or, the memory 1903 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Electrical EPROM Electrical EPROM
  • EEPROM electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM
  • Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory Direct Rambus
  • the processor 1901 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1901 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1901 .
  • the first network element 1900 in this embodiment of the present invention further includes: stored in the memory 1903 and available at The instructions or programs running on the processor 1901, the processor 1901 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1903 to execute the method executed by each module shown in Figure 11, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • the processor 1901 is used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element segment,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target by defining the correspondence between the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal and the identification of the network element through which the target terminal accesses the area, the target can be determined after knowing the target ID. Identify the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment, and then determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access from it, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also be based on the target Identify and re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • the processor 1901 is used for:
  • the processor 1901 is used for:
  • the processor 1901 is used for:
  • the target identifier When the target identifier is received, the first information is received.
  • IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal by defining the IP address or IP address segment of the area accessed by the target terminal, and the target In order to determine the corresponding relationship between the identifiers of the network elements through which the target terminal accesses the area, after knowing the target identifier, determine the first IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the target identifier, and then determine the latest IP address that the target terminal can access.
  • An optimal IP address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • FIG. 20 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a second network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second network element 2000 includes: a processor 2001 , a network interface 2002 and a memory 2003 .
  • the network interface 2002 is, for example, a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI).
  • the memory 2003 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 2003 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playing function, image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 2003 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or, the memory 2003 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Electrical EPROM Electrical EPROM
  • EEPROM electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • static random access memory Static RAM, SRAM
  • dynamic random access memory Dynamic RAM, DRAM
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM
  • Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory Direct Rambus RAM, DR
  • the processor 2001 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2001 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 2001 .
  • the second network element 2000 in the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 2003 and executable on the processor 2001, and the processor 2001 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 2003 to execute the The method executed by each module achieves the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • processor 2001 is used for:
  • first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to represent the The corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier; the first IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the target IP address or IP The address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment. network element.
  • the target identification can be sent to the first network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address that the target terminal can access
  • the address or IP address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • the processor 2001 is used for:
  • the second network element Before the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, the second network element receives a first request sent by the first network element, where the first request includes the target identifier;
  • the second network element acquires the first information based on the first request.
  • the processor 2001 is used for:
  • the processor 2001 is used for:
  • the first mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the first information based on the target identifier
  • the first information is directly determined based on the target identifier.
  • the processor 2001 is used for:
  • the processor 2001 is used for:
  • the target identification can be sent to the first network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the first network element can determine the optimal IP address that the target terminal can access address or ip
  • the address segment can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • FIG. 21 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of a third network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the third network element 2100 includes: a processor 2101 , a network interface 2102 and a memory 2103 .
  • the network interface 2102 is, for example, a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI).
  • the memory 2103 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 2103 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playing function, image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 2103 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or, the memory 2103 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Electrical EPROM Electrical EPROM
  • EEPROM electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM
  • Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory Direct Rambus
  • the processor 2101 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2101 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 2101 .
  • the third network element 2100 in the embodiment of the present invention further includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 2103 and executable on the processor 2101, and the processor 2101 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 2103 to execute the The method executed by each module achieves the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • processor 2101 is used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first IP address or IP address segment corresponds to the target identifier, and the first mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier;
  • the first The IP address or IP address segment includes or is equal to the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element,
  • the target identifier is used to indicate the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target identification can be sent to the second network element
  • the corresponding first IP address or IP address segment or send the corresponding relationship between the first IP address or IP address segment and the target identifier, so that the second network element forwards to the first network element, and then the first network element
  • the network element can determine the optimal IP address or IP address segment that the target terminal can access, which can ensure that after the data network accessed by the target terminal changes, the target terminal can also re-determine the optimal access location under the current data network based on the target identifier.
  • FIG. 22 is a second schematic structural diagram of a first network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network element 2200 includes: a processor 2201 , a network interface 2202 and a memory 2203 .
  • the network interface 2202 is, for example, a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI).
  • the memory 2203 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 2203 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playing function, image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 2203 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or, the memory 2203 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Electrical EPROM Electrical EPROM
  • EEPROM electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM
  • Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory Direct Rambus
  • the processor 2201 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2201 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 2201 .
  • the first network element 2200 in this embodiment of the present invention further includes: stored in the memory 2203 and available at The instructions or programs running on the processor 2201, the processor 2201 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 2203 to execute the method executed by each module shown in Figure 14, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • processor 2201 is used for:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the The network element through which the target terminal needs to pass when accessing the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the target IP address or IP address segment includes any one or more of the following:
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location where the business server will be migrated to
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the data network DN to be accessed by the target terminal
  • IP address or IP address segment corresponding to the location of the service server to be accessed by the target terminal
  • the target identifier includes any one or more of the following:
  • the processor 2201 is used for:
  • the processor 2201 is used for:
  • the processor 2201 is used for:
  • the second information is received when the target IP address or IP address segment is received.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • FIG. 23 is a second structural schematic diagram of a second network element implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second network element 2300 includes: a processor 2301 , a network interface 2302 and a memory 2303 .
  • the network interface 2302 is, for example, a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI).
  • the memory 2303 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 2303 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playing function, image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 2303 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or, the memory 2303 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Electrical EPROM Electrical EPROM
  • EEPROM electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM , SLDRAM
  • Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory Direct Rambus
  • the processor 2301 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 2301 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 2301 .
  • the second network element 2300 in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 2303 and operable on the processor 2301, and the processor 2301 invokes the instructions or programs in the memory 2303 to execute the The method executed by each module achieves the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • processor 2301 is used for:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first identifier corresponds to the target IP address or IP address segment, and the second mapping relationship is used to characterize the correspondence between the first identifier and the target IP address or IP address segment; the first The identifier includes or is equal to the target identifier; the target IP address or IP address segment is used to indicate the IP address or IP address segment accessed by the target terminal served by the first network element, and the target identifier is used to indicate the target A network element that needs to pass through when the terminal accesses the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the target IP address or IP address can be obtained After the segment, determine the target IP address or the first identifier corresponding to the IP address segment, and then determine the network element that the target terminal needs to pass through when accessing the optimal target IP address or IP address segment, which can ensure that the data accessed by the target terminal After the network is changed, the target terminal can also determine the appropriate network element to access the optimal access location under the current data network.
  • the processor 2301 is used for:
  • the second network element Before the second network element sends the first identifier to the first network element, receive a first request sent by the first network element, where the first request includes the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • the second information is acquired.
  • the processor 2301 is used for:
  • the processor 2301 is used for:
  • the second mapping relationship is stored in the local cache.
  • the second network element is capable of determining the second information based on the target IP address or IP address segment;
  • Processor 2301 is used for:
  • the second information is directly determined based on the target IP address or IP address segment.
  • the processor 2301 is used for:
  • the second network element receives the second information sent by the third network element based on the second request.
  • the processor 2301 is used for:

Abstract

本申请公开了一种IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元，属于通信技术领域，上述IP地址确定方法包括：第一网元获得目标标识，获得第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；第一信息包括第一映射关系以及第一IP地址或IP地址段中的至少一项；第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，第一映射关系表征该对应关系；上述标识确定方法包括：第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段，获得第二信息，确定目标标识；第二信息包括第二映射关系和/或第一标识；第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，第二映射关系表征该对应关系；目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示目标终端访问的位置，目标标识用于指示访问时通过的网元。

Description

IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求于2022年01月28日提交的申请号为202210108268.1，发明名称为“IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元”的中国专利申请的优先权，其通过引用方式全部并入本申请。
技术领域
本申请属于通信技术领域，具体涉及一种IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元。
背景技术
终端的流量可以从用户面功能(User Plane Function，UPF)或协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit，PDU)会话锚点(PDU Session Anchor，PSA)出口，访问数据网络(Data Network，DN)里的位置，比如数据网中的应用服务器。
当终端访问的数据网络改变以后，此前访问的位置对于终端来说不是最优的，但目前如何确定当前数据网络下最优的位置是不清楚的，同时，在确定需要访问的位置的情况下，如何确定终端在目标数据网络下访问目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元也不清楚，进而导致终端访问的数据网络改变以后终端无法将访问的位置更新为最优的位置。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元，能够解决目前终端访问的数据网络改变以后终端无法将访问的位置更新为最优的位置的问题。
第一方面，提供了一种IP地址确定方法，该方法包括：
第一网元获得目标标识；
所述第一网元获得第一信息；
所述第一网元基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第二方面，提供了一种IP地址确定方法，该方法包括：
第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第三方面，提供了一种IP地址确定方法，该方法包括：
第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第四方面，提供了一种标识确定方法，该方法包括：
第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一网元获得第二信息；
所述第一网元基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所 述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第五方面，提供了一种标识确定方法，该方法包括：
第二网元向第一网元发送第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第六方面，提供了一种标识确定方法，该方法包括：
第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第七方面，提供了一种IP地址确定装置，该装置包括：
第一获取模块，用于获得目标标识；
第二获取模块，用于获得第一信息；
第一确定模块，用于基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP 地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第八方面，提供了一种IP地址确定装置，该装置包括：
第一发送模块，用于向第一网元发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第九方面，提供了一种IP地址确定装置，该装置包括：
第一接收模块，用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
第二确定模块，用于基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
第二发送模块，用于向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十方面，提供了一种标识确定装置，该装置包括：
第三获取模块，用于获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
第四获取模块，用于获得第二信息；
第三确定模块，用于基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等 于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十一方面，提供了一种标识确定装置，该装置包括：
第三发送模块，用于向第一网元发送第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十二方面，提供了一种标识确定装置，该装置包括：
第二接收模块，用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
第四确定模块，用于基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
第四发送模块，用于向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十三方面，提供了一种第一网元，该第一网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十四方面，提供了一种第一网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于：
获得目标标识；
获得第一信息；
基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十五方面，提供了一种第二网元，该第二网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十六方面，提供了一种第二网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于：
向第一网元发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十七方面，提供了一种第三网元，该第三网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十八方面，提供了一种第三网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于：
接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
所述处理器用于：基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
所述通信接口还用于：向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指 示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第十九方面，提供了一种第一网元，该第一网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第四方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十方面，提供了一种第一网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于：
获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
获得第二信息；
基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第二十一方面，提供了一种第二网元，该第二网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第五方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十二方面，提供了一种第二网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于：
向第一网元发送第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第二十三方面，提供了一种第三网元，该第三网元包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第六方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十四方面，提供了一种第三网元，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于：
接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
处理器用于：基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
通信接口还用于：向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
第二十五方面，提供了一种IP地址确定系统，包括：第一网元、第二网元和第三网元，所述第一网元可用于执行如第一方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，所述第二网元可用于执行如第二方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，所述第三网元可用于执行如第三方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤。
第二十六方面，提供了一种标识确定系统，包括：第一网元、第二网元和第三网元，所述第一网元可用于执行如第四方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤，所述第二网元可用于执行如第五方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤，所述第三网元可用于执行如第六方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
第二十七方面，提供了一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第四方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第五方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第六方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十八方面，提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如第一方面所述的方法，或者实现如第二方面所述的方法，或者实现如第三方面所述的方法，或者实现如第四方面所述的方法，或者实现如第五方面所述的方法，或者实现如第六方面所述的方法。
第二十九方面，提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或者实现如第二方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或者实现如第四方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤，或者实现如第五方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤，或者实现如第六方面所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目 标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
附图说明
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之一；
图3示出本申请实施例提供的终端访问数据网络的示意图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之二；
图5是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之三；
图6是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之四；
图7是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之一；
图8是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之二；
图9是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之三；
图10是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之四；
图11是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之一；
图12是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之二；
图13是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之三；
图14是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之一；
图15是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之二；
图16是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之三；
图17是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图之一；
图18是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图之二；
图19为实现本申请实施例的一种第一网元的结构示意图之一；
图20为实现本申请实施例的一种第二网元的结构示意图之一；
图21为实现本申请实施例的一种第三网元的结构示意图之一；
图22为实现本申请实施例的一种第一网元的结构示意图之二；
图23为实现本申请实施例的一种第二网元的结构示意图之二；
图24为实现本申请实施例的一种第三网元的结构示意图之二。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中 的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施，且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类，并不限定对象的个数，例如第一对象可以是一个，也可以是多个。此外，说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
值得指出的是，本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution，LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)系统，还可用于其他无线通信系统，诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access，TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access，SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用，所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术，也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio，NR)系统，并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语，但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用，如第6代(6th Generation，6G)通信系统。
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中，终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备，如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备，可穿戴式设备包括：智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备，其中，接入网设备12也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备12可以包括基站、WLAN接入点或WiFi节点等，基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set，ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B 节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point，TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语，只要达到相同的技术效果，所述基站不限于特定技术词汇，需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍，并不限定基站的具体类型。核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项：核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity，MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function，AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function，SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function，UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function，PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function，PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function，EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management，UDM)，统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository，UDR)、归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server，HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration，CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function，NRF)，网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function，NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF，或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function，BSF)、应用功能(Application Function，AF)等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍，并不限定核心网设备的具体类型。
下面结合附图，通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元进行详细地说明。
图2是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之一；如图2所示，该方法包括如下步骤200至步骤220：
步骤200，第一网元获得目标标识；
步骤210，所述第一网元获得第一信息；
步骤220，所述第一网元基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第一网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第一网元可以是应用功能(Application Function，AF)；
可选地，第一信息可以包括以下一项或多项：
第一映射关系；或
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标标识，确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标标识，确定所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，即第一映射关系；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标标识，获取所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，即第一映射关系，以及第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，在获取第一映射关系后，在基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以首先基于第一映射关系和目标标识获取第一IP地址或IP地址段，再基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，在确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以确定第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址为IP＝10.1.1.1，而AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可访问的候选IP地址)中，恰好存在EAS服务器IP地址＝10.1.1.1，符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。
可选地，在确定与该目标标识相对应的所有第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以从其中确定部分第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址段为IP＝10.1.0.0至10.1.255.255，则，根据这个第一IP地址或地址段，AF可以选择EAS的IP地址。比如，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址中，10.1.1.1符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。而，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可访问的候选IP地址)中，100.1.1.1就不符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么AF可以根据第一IP地址或地址段，发现该地址不是目标IP地址，因此就不将其确定为目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，在确定目标IP地址或IP地址段后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标标识，比如DNAI＝1，至核心网，然后获得第一信息。所述第一信息可以是：10.1.1.1或10.1.X.X，这两个IP地址或IP地址段，对应目标标识；也可以第一信息是：DNAI＝1→10.1.X.X，即所述DNAI＝1与第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射关系。
在AF确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF就可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段。比如，AF选择10.1.1.1的服务器作为目标EAS，让UE访问；而不选择100.10.2.1的服务器。
可选地，在第一网元确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段，可以是在目标终端可访问的候选IP地址中确定属于第一IP地址或IP地址段的目标IP地址或IP地址段。
其中，目标终端可访问的候选IP地址对于第一网元来说是已知的。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从用户面功能实体(User Plane Function，UPF)/PDU会话锚点(PDU Session Anchor，PSA)出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)；
比如，一种实施方式中，所述目标标识可以为DNAI，或者external DNAI。DNAI和external DNAI可以存在映射关系，external DNAI可以为不可信AF所使用，DNAI可以为5G核心网内部使用。
在一个实施例中，图3示出本申请实施例提供的终端访问数据网络的示意图，如图3所示，以第一网元为AF、目标IP地址或IP地址段包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段、且目标标识包括DNAI为例，目标终端可以通过PSA1访问DN＝A里的EAS1服务器。但是由于目标终端移动，导致目标终端移动到一个新的位置，这时因为从路由和距离层面来看，DN＝A都比较远，因此DN＝A不适合目标终端访问。所以，目标终端移动可能导致用户面从PSA＝1切换到PSA＝2，访问的DN也可以从DN＝A到了DN＝B。
因此，当目标终端访问的DN改变以后，业务服务器EAS1也不是最优的访问位置。业务服务器EAS1可以变为EAS2，则第一网元AF可以获取目标标识即当前的DNAI(PSA2对应的DNAI)，并确定与当前的DNAI相对应的一个EAS2服务器IP地址，作为业务服务器。
可选地，第一网元获得目标标识，包括：
所述第一网元接收第二网元发送的所述目标标识。
可选地，第二网元可以是核心网的某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第二网元可以是NEF；
可选地，第一网元可以接收第二网元发送的一个目标标识，该目标标识可以使第 一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化；
可选地，该第二网元发送的一个目标标识可以来自于第二网元本身，还可以是来自于核心网的某一个或多个网络功能比如SMF，即SMF可以通过第二网元将目标标识转发给第一网元。
可选地，第一网元还可以从SMF获取目标标识，该目标标识可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化。
比如，第一网元可以从第二网元获得一个DNAI，该DNAI可以使第一网元获知：可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致目标终端所访问EAS服务器迁移；
比如，以第一网元为AF为例，AF可能从NEF或SMF，得到一个目标标识(target DNAI，或target external DNAI)，该目标标识用于指示给AF，可能由于目标终端移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致EAS服务器迁移。
可选地，第一网元从第二网元获得目标标识时，可以是通过信令Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify获取。
可选地，所述第一网元获得第一信息，包括：
所述第一网元向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
所述第一网元接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，第一网元可以通过DNAI，让核心网提供该DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据外部DNAI提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供该外部DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供与该外部DNAI相对应内部DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元为了获得目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标标识，表示该第一网元需要获取的是与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第二网元在获取与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段后，可以将与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一IP地 址或IP地址段。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过DNAI，让核心网提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据外部DNAI提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和内部DNAI之间的对应关系，其中，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，第一网元为了获得第一映射关系，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标标识，表示该第一网元需要获取的是包括该目标标识的第一映射关系；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取第一映射关系；
可选地，第二网元在获取第一映射关系后，可以将第一映射关系发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的第一映射关系。
可选地，所述第一网元获得第一信息，包括：
所述第一网元在接收所述目标标识时，接收所述第一信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)直接提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据外部DNAI直接提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)直接提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据外部DNAI直接提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以在接收所述目标标识时，接收第一IP地址或IP地址范围。
在本申请实施例中，可以在保证目标终端能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置的基础上，进一步减少信令交互，且实现简单。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目 标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图4是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之二；如图4所示，该方法包括如下步骤400：
步骤400，第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第二网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第二网元可以是网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function，NEF)；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第一IP地址或IP地址段，以使第一网元可以基于目标标识，确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第一映射关系，以使第一网元可以确定所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，即第一映射关系；
可选地，可以定义第一IP地址或IP地址段，和目标标识之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第一映射关系以及第一IP地址或IP地址段；以使第一网元可以基于目标标识，获取所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，即第一映射关系，以及第一IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元在获取第一映射关系后，在基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以首先基于第一映射关系和目标标识获取第一IP地址或IP地址段，再基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，第一网元可以确定第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址为IP＝10.1.1.1，而AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可 访问的候选IP地址)中，恰好存在EAS服务器IP地址＝10.1.1.1，符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标标识相对应的所有第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，第一网元可以从其中确定部分第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址段为IP＝10.1.0.0至10.1.255.255，则，根据这个第一IP地址或地址段，AF可以选择EAS的IP地址。比如，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址中，10.1.1.1符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。而，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可访问的候选IP地址)中，100.1.1.1就不符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么AF可以根据第一IP地址或地址段，发现该地址不是目标IP地址，因此就不将其确定为目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元在确定目标IP地址或IP地址段后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标标识，比如DNAI＝1，至核心网，然后获得第一信息。所述第一信息可以是：10.1.1.1或10.1.X.X，这两个IP地址或IP地址段，对应目标标识；也可以第一信息是：DNAI＝1→10.1.X.X，即所述DNAI＝1与第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射关系。
在AF确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF就可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段。比如，AF选择10.1.1.1的服务器作为目标EAS，让UE访问；而不选择100.10.2.1的服务器。
可选地，在第一网元确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段，可以是在目标终端可访问的候选IP地址中确定属于第一IP地址或IP地址段的目标IP地址或IP地址段。
其中，目标终端可访问的候选IP地址对于第一网元来说是已知的。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从UPF/PSA出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)；
在一个实施例中，如图3所示，以第一网元为AF、目标IP地址或IP地址段包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段、且目标标识包括DNAI为例，目标终端可以通过PSA1访问DN＝A里的EAS1服务器。但是由于目标终端移动，导致目标终端移动到一个新的位置，这时因为从路由和距离层面来看，DN＝A都比较远，因此DN＝A不适合目标终端访问。所以，目标终端移动可能导致用户面从PSA＝1切换到PSA＝2，访问的DN也可以从DN＝A到了DN＝B。
因此，当目标终端访问的DN改变以后，业务服务器EAS1也不是最优的访问位置。业务服务器EAS1可以变为EAS2，则第一网元AF可以获取目标标识即当前的DNAI(PSA2对应的DNAI)，并确定与当前的DNAI相对应的一个EAS2服务器IP地址，作为业务服务器。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息之前，所述第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
所述第二网元基于所述第一请求，获取所述第一信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，第一网元可以通过DNAI，让核心网提供该DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据外部DNAI提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供该外部DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供与该外部DNAI相对应内部DNAI所对应的区域的第一IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元为了获得目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标标识，表示该第一网元需要获取的是与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第二网元在获取与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段后，可以将与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过DNAI，让核心网提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据外部DNAI提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过外部DNAI，让核心网提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和内部DNAI之间的对应关系，其中，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，第一网元为了获得第一映射关系，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第 一请求中可以包括目标标识，表示该第一网元需要获取的是包括该目标标识的第一映射关系；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取第一映射关系；
可选地，第二网元在获取第一映射关系后，可以将第一映射关系发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的第一映射关系。
可选地，在第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求之前，即在第一网元向第二网元发送第一请求之前，第二网元可以向第一网元发送所述目标标识；
可选地，第一网元可以接收第二网元发送的一个目标标识，该目标标识可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化；
可选地，该第二网元发送的一个目标标识可以来自于第二网元本身，还可以是来自于核心网的某一个或多个网络功能比如SMF，即SMF可以通过第二网元将目标标识转发给第一网元。
可选地，第一网元还可以从SMF获取目标标识，该目标标识可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化。
比如，第一网元可以从第二网元获得一个DNAI，该DNAI可以使第一网元获知：可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致目标终端所访问EAS服务器迁移；
比如，以第一网元为AF为例，AF可能从NEF或SMF，得到一个目标标识(target DNAI，或target external DNAI)，该目标标识用于指示给AF，可能由于目标终端移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致EAS服务器迁移。
可选地，第一网元从第二网元获得目标标识时，可以是通过信令Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify获取。
可选地，所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息，包括：
所述第二网元获取所述第一信息；
所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述目标标识时，向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)直接提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据外部DNAI直接提供对应的第一IP地址或IP地址范围；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据数据网络接入标识符(Data Network Access Identifier，DNAI)直接提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标标识时，根据外部DNAI 直接提供第一映射关系，第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以在接收所述目标标识时，接收第一IP地址或IP地址范围。
可选地，所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
所述第二网元基于本地缓存，获取所述第一信息。
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第一映射关系。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标标识时给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，在第二网元获取第一信息时，可以基于本地缓存，获取所述第一信息；其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第一映射关系。
可选地，在每一次第二网元基于任意方式获取第一映射关系后，均可以将第一映射关系缓存在本地，在此后若需要向第一网元发送目标标识对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段时，可以在本地缓存中查找是否有用于表征目标标识和第一IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系的第一映射关系，若有，则可以向第一网元发送以下任意一项：
第一映射关系；或
第一IP地址或IP地址段。本申请实施例中，通过第二网元基于本地缓存向第一网元提供第一信息，而不用从其他网络部分获取，可以有效减少信令交互，节省信令资源。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标标识确定所述第一信息的能力；
所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
所述第二网元基于所述目标标识直接确定所述第一信息。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标标识时给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标标识确定所述第一信息的能力；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标标识确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段的能力；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标标识确定用于表征目标标识和第一IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系的第一映射关系的能力；
可选地，在第二网元获取第一信息时，可以基于自身能力，直接确定第一信息。
可选地，在第二网元基于自身能力直接确定第一信息之后，则可以向第一网元发送以下任意一项：
第一映射关系；或
第一IP地址或IP地址段。
本申请实施例中，通过第二网元基于自身能力确定需要向第一网元提供的第一信息，而不用从其他网络部分获取，可以有效减少信令交互，节省信令资源。
可选地，所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
所述第二网元向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标标识；
所述第二网元接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标标识时给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元可以确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，并向第三网元请求第一信息；
可选地，第二网元可以首先确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，然后向该第三网元发送包括目标标识的第二请求，以向第三网元请求第一信息；
可选地，第三网元收到第二请求后，可以基于第二请求中的目标标识，确定第一信息；
可选地，第三网元确定第一信息后，可以向第二网元发送第一信息；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一信息后，则可以将第一信息发送给第一网元。
可选地，第三网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第三网元可以是会话管理功能(Session Management Function，SMF)。
可选地，所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，包括：
所述第二网元获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
所述第二网元基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
所述第二网元基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
可选地，第二网元在确定服务于目标终端的第三网元时，可以首先获取目标终端的终端标识，并基于终端标识，获取第三网元的网元标识；可选地，第三网元的网元标识可以包括以下一项或多项：
网元IP地址，网元端口号，网元FQDN，或网元ID。
可选地，第二网元获取第三网元的网元标识后，即可以基于网元标识确定第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标 识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图5是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之三；如图5所示，该方法包括如下步骤500至步骤520：
步骤500，第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
步骤510，所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
步骤520，所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第三网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第三网元可以是会话管理功能(Session Management Function，SMF)。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标标识时给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第一信息，第二网元可以首先获取第一信息；
可选地，第二网元可以确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，并向第三网元请求第一信息；
可选地，第二网元可以首先确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，然后向该第三网元发送包括目标标识的第二请求，以向第三网元请求第一信息；
可选地，第三网元收到第二请求后，可以基于第二请求中的目标标识，确定第一信息；
可选地，第三网元确定第一信息后，可以向第二网元发送第一信息；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一信息后，则可以将第一信息发送给第一网元。可选地，第一网元在获取第一映射关系后，在基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以首先基于第一映射关系和目标标识获取第一IP地址或IP地址段，再基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标标识相对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，第一网元可以确 定第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址为IP＝10.1.1.1，而AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可访问的候选IP地址)中，恰好存在EAS服务器IP地址＝10.1.1.1，符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标标识相对应的所有第一IP地址或IP地址段后，即在基于第一IP地址或IP地址段，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，第一网元可以从其中确定部分第一IP地址或IP地址段为目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，所述目标标识DNAI＝1，对应的第一IP地址段为IP＝10.1.0.0至10.1.255.255，则，根据这个第一IP地址或地址段，AF可以选择EAS的IP地址。比如，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址中，10.1.1.1符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么可以选择该服务器为终端提供业务。而，AF所候选的EAS服务器IP地址(即目标终端可访问的候选IP地址)中，100.1.1.1就不符合第一IP地址或地址段的范围，那么AF可以根据第一IP地址或地址段，发现该地址不是目标IP地址，因此就不将其确定为目标IP地址或IP地址段。可选地，第一网元在确定目标IP地址或IP地址段后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标标识，比如DNAI＝1，至核心网，然后获得第一信息。所述第一信息可以是：10.1.1.1或10.1.X.X，这两个IP地址或IP地址段，对应目标标识；也可以第一信息是：DNAI＝1→10.1.X.X，即所述DNAI＝1与第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射关系。
在AF确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF就可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段。比如，AF选择10.1.1.1的服务器作为目标EAS，让UE访问；而不选择100.10.2.1的服务器。
可选地，在第一网元确定了第一IP地址或地址段以后，AF可以根据这个IP地址范围，选择符合目标终端访问或接入的服务器的目标IP地址或IP地址段，可以是在目标终端可访问的候选IP地址中确定属于第一IP地址或IP地址段的目标IP地址或IP地址段。
其中，目标终端可访问的候选IP地址对于第一网元来说是已知的。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从UPF/PSA出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)。
在一个实施例中，图6是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法的流程示意图之四；如图6所示，以核心网为5GC网络侧，第一网元为AF，第二网元为NEF，第三网元为SMF为例，IP地址确定方法可以包括如下步骤：
步骤1：AF发送第一请求；
具体地，在触发第一请求之前，AF可以从NEF或SMF，得到一个target DNAI(即目标标识，或者external target DNAI)，所述DNAI用于指示给AF，可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致EAS服务器迁移。
比如说，AF在触发第一请求之前可以从NEF或SMF，通过Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify，或者Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify，得到target DNAI。AF所发送的第一请求，用于获得第一信息，因此，所述第一请求所在的信令可以设计为：Nnef_IPrange_Get Request；比如，使用目标标识获得对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段。
AF触发第一请求，发给NEF，所述第一请求包括一个DNAI(即上述获得的target  DNAI)，请求5GC网络侧提供该DNAI所对应的服务器IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一请求可以包括DNAI(或external DNAI)，以及下述任意一项或多项：AF位置信息，AF的IP地址，或UE的IP地址。
步骤2：NEF验证AF的动作；
在一种情况中，NEF可以具备直接基于DNAI映射成对应的第一IP地址段或IP地址的能力。在此情况下，那么步骤3至步骤9的过程可以省略。
在一种情况中，NEF可以缓存DNAI和第一IP地址段或IP地址之间的第一映射关系，即在收到目标标识后可以基于缓存确定第一IP地址段或IP地址。在此情况下，那么步骤3至步骤9的过程可以省略。
在一种情况中，就是如果AF提供的是external DNAI，则NEF可以将其映射成5GC内部使用的DNAI(比如，interanl NEF)，然后继续步骤3以后的过程。或者，NEF不做这种映射也可以，由其他网络部分映射，在此不再赘述。
步骤3：NEF触发BSF的服务(可以基于信令Nbsf_Management_Discovery实现)；
具体地，NEF可以触发BSF根据步骤1提供的UE的IP地址等，找到对应的SUPI，这个SUPI就是当前这个AF所服务的UE的标识符。该服务用于获得SUPI。
步骤4：BSF提供SUPI(可以基于信令Nbsf_Management_Discovery response(SUPI)实现)；
步骤5：NEF触发UDM的服务(可以基于信令Nudm_SDM_Get request实现)；该服务用于获得，管理AF/EAS和UE之间的PDU会话的SMF。
具体地，NEF拿到SUPI以后，触发UDM的服务，NEF可以触发UDM提供服务于当前UE的SMF的instance ID。
具体地，当前PDU会话的DNAI对于SMF是已知的。
步骤6：UDM提供SMF的ID(可以基于信令Nudm_SDM_Get request response(SMF instance ID)实现)；
具体地，NE可以确定SMF的ID，还可以包括SMF的IP地址等信息。
步骤7：NEF向SMF发送第二请求；
可选地，NEF可以发送一个订阅请求或者参数获取请求，作为第二请求或用于承载第二请求，到SMF，请求获得所述DNAI或external DNAI所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或请求获得第一映射信息。
所述当前PDU会话可以指：当前EAS和UE之间建立了一条PDU会话，而这个AF是服务于EAS的控制面网元。
可选地，可以复用现有的Nsmf_EventExposure_Subscribe，该订阅请求输入target DNAI，然后SMF以Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify的形式提供DNAI所对应的IP地址或IP地址段，或者新设定一个信令：Nsmf_IPRange_Get request，然后输入参数为DNAI (external DNAI)，作为第二请求，用于请求获得第一信息，即这个DNAI或者external DNAI所对应的IP地址或者IP范围，和/或，获得第一映射关系。
步骤8：SMF提供第一信息；
具体地，SMF可以向NEF提供第一信息，即DNAI所对应的IP地址或IP地址范围，和/或，第一映射关系。
步骤9：NEF确定external DNAI和第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射；
可选地，假如引入了external DNAI，则NEF可以把SMF反馈的DNAI到第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射，变为external DNAI和第一IP地址或IP地址段的映射。
可选地，该步骤9可以基于是否引入external DNAI而选择性执行。
步骤10：AF获取第一信息。
可选地，AF可以通过NEF发送的信令Nnef_IPrange_Get Response获取第一信息；
AF获知第一IP地址或IP地址段，或AF获知第一映射信息后，可以确定目标IP地址或IP地址段，进而在EAS relocation的时候，确定根据target DNAI来决定target EAS。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图7是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之一；如图7所示，该方法包括如下步骤700至步骤720：
步骤700，第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，一种实施方式中，以第一网元为AF、目标IP地址或IP地址段是EAS的IP地址或IP地址段为例，AF可以得到目标EAS的IP地址或IP地址段(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)，AF也可以获得自己所能提供服务的IP地址或IP地址范围。比如，当前AF所能够提供的IP地址范围是：10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255，作为目标IP地址或IP地址段。
步骤710，所述第一网元获得第二信息；
步骤720，所述第一网元基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所 述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第一网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第一网元可以是应用功能(Application Function，AF)；
可选地，第二信息可以包括以下一项或多项：
第二映射关系；或
第一标识；
可选地，第一标识可以包括一个或多个标识。
可选地，目标标识可以包括一个或多个标识。
可选地，第一网元获知DNAI范围(目标标识)以后，第一网元可以把这个范围告诉核心网，比如5G核心网。可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标IP地址或IP地址段，确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标IP地址或IP地址段，确定所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，即第二映射关系；
可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以基于目标IP地址或IP地址段，获取所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，即第二映射关系，以及第一标识；
可选地，在获取第二映射关系后，在基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识时，可以首先基于第二映射关系和目标IP地址或IP地址段获取第一标识，再基于第一标识，确定目标标识；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标IP地址或IP地址段为EAS的IP地址段为例，AF所得到的EAS的IP地址段可以为IP＝10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255，则根据这个EAS的IP地址段，AF可以从网络侧获得第一标识。比如，该EAS的IP地址段对应的第一标识为DNAI＝1；或者对应的DNAI标识范围(多个第一标识)是DNAI＝1～DNAI＝3。这样，AF可以获得了目标EAS对应的目标DNAI。然后这个目标DNAI可以用于SMF为新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)建立PDU会话，选择UPF。
可选地，AF确定一个或者多个第一标识以后，AF可以根据应用层的服务器迁移的逻辑，从所有第一标识中随机选一个第一标识作为目标标识，比如说，第一标识中的DNAI＝1对应的距离终端接入可能更近，或者DNAI＝1对应的网络链路条件更好等，则将DNAI＝1作为目标标识。
可选地，在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识后，即在基于第 一标识，确定目标标识时，可以确定第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的所有第一标识后，即在基于第一标识，确定目标标识时，可以从其中确定部分第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，在确定目标标识后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标IP地址或IP地址段，比如EAS IP地址为10.1.1.1，至核心网，然后获得第二信息。所述第二信息可以是：target DNAI或者external DNAI＝2，即，目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的DNAI；第二信息也可以是：10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255这个IP地址范围所对应的DNAI或者DNAI的范围：DNAI＝1到DNAI＝10，或，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段与第一标识之间的第二映射关系。也就是说，目标IP地址或IP地址范围，也可以对应一个特定的DNAI或者DNAI的范围。
在AF确定了DNAI或者DNAI的范围(第一标识)以后，AF就可以上报target DNAI(或external target DNAI)，通知5G核心网，进而可以辅助SMF为当前终端和新的访问服务器建立PDU会话，或者选择新的用户面，经过所述用户面(即目标标识所指示的网元)可以访问新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP 地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从UPF/PSA出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)。
可选地，所述第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段，包括：
所述第一网元接收第二网元发送的所述目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第二网元可以是核心网的某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第二网元可以是NEF；
可选地，第一网元可以接收第二网元发送的一个目标IP地址或IP地址段，该目标IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化；
可选地，该第二网元发送的一个目标IP地址或IP地址段可以来自于第二网元本身，还可以是来自于核心网的某一个或多个网络功能比如SMF，即SMF可以通过第二网元将目标IP地址或IP地址段转发给第一网元；
可选地，第二网元可以是从核心网其他网络功能获知目标终端访问的位置需要迁 移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，SMF可以是从核心网其他网络功能获知目标终端访问的位置需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元还可以从SMF获取目标IP地址或IP地址段，该目标IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化。
比如，第一网元可以从第二网元获得某个EAS的IP地址或IP地址段，该EAS的IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知：可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致目标终端所访问EAS服务器迁移，且需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF为例，AF可能从NEF或SMF，得到一个目标IP地址或IP地址段，该IP地址或IP地址段用于指示给AF，可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致EAS服务器迁移，且需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元从第二网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以是通过信令Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify获取。
可选地，所述第一网元获得第二信息，包括：
所述第一网元向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一网元接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据IP地址或IP地址范围提供对应的第一标识；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供该目标IP地址或IP地址范围所对应的区域的第一标识；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据目标IP地址或IP地址范围提供外部DNAI；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供该目标IP地址或IP地址范围对应的外部DNAI；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供与该目标IP地址或IP地址范围对应的内部DNAI所对应的外部DNAI。
可选地，第一网元为了获得目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标IP地址或IP地址段，表示该第一网元需要获取的是与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，第二网元在获取与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识后，可以将与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一标识。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以目标IP地址或IP地址范围提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据目标IP地址或IP地址范围提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述目标IP地址或IP地址范围和内部DNAI之间的对应关系，其中，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，第一网元为了获得第二映射关系，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标IP地址或IP地址段，表示该第一网元需要获取的是包括该目标IP地址或IP地址段的第二映射关系；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取第二映射关系；
可选地，第二网元在获取第二映射关系后，可以将第二映射关系发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的第二映射关系。
可选地，所述第一网元获得第二信息，包括：
所述第一网元在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的所述第一标识。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供对应的第一标识，比如DNAI；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供对应的第一标识，比如外部DNAI；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收第一标识。
在本申请实施例中，可以在保证目标终端能基于目标IP地址或IP地址段重新确 定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置的基础上，进一步减少信令交互，且实现简单。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图8是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之二；如图8所示，该方法包括如下步骤800：
步骤800，第二网元向第一网元发送第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第一标识可以包括一个或多个标识。
可选地，第二网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第二网元可以是网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function，NEF)；
可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第一标识，以使第一网元可以基于目标IP地址或IP地址段，确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二映射关系，以使第一网元可以确定所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，即第二映射关系；
可选地，可以定义第一标识，和目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二映射关系以及第一标识；以使第一网元可以基于目标IP地址或IP地址段，获取所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系，即第二映射关系，以及第一标识。
可选地，第一网元在获取第二映射关系后，在基于所述第二信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以首先基于第二映射关系和目标IP地址或IP地址段获取第一标识，再基于第一标识，确定目标标识；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标IP地址或IP地址段为EAS的IP地址段为例，AF 所得到的EAS的IP地址段可以为IP＝10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255，则根据这个EAS的IP地址段，AF可以从网络侧获得第一标识。比如，该EAS的IP地址段对应的第一标识为DNAI＝1；或者对应的DNAI标识范围(多个第一标识)是DNAI＝1～DNAI＝3。这样，AF可以获得了目标EAS对应的目标DNAI。然后这个目标DNAI可以用于SMF为新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)建立PDU会话，选择UPF。
可选地，AF确定一个或者多个第一标识以后，AF可以根据应用层的服务器迁移的逻辑，从所有第一标识中随机选一个第一标识作为目标标识，比如说，第一标识中的DNAI＝1对应的距离终端接入可能更近，或者DNAI＝1对应的网络链路条件更好等，则将DNAI＝1作为目标标识。
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识后，即在基于第一标识，确定目标标识时，第一网元可以确定第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的所有第一标识后，即在基于第一标识，确定目标标识时，第一网元可以从其中确定部分第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，第一网元在确定目标标识后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标IP地址或IP地址段，比如EAS IP地址为10.1.1.1，至核心网，然后获得第二信息。所述第二信息可以是：target DNAI或者external DNAI＝2，即，目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的DNAI；第二信息也可以是：10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255这个IP地址范围所对应的DNAI或者DNAI的范围：DNAI＝1到DNAI＝10，或，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段与第一标识之间的第二映射关系。也就是说，目标IP地址或IP地址范围，也可以对应一个特定的DNAI或者DNAI的范围。
在AF确定了DNAI或者DNAI的范围(第一标识)以后，AF就可以上报target DNAI(或external target DNAI)，通知5G核心网，进而可以辅助SMF为当前终端和新的访问服务器建立PDU会话，或者选择新的用户面，经过所述用户面(即目标标识所指示的网元)可以访问新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可 以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从UPF/PSA出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或发送目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一标识之前，所述第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第二网元基于所述第一请求，获取所述第二信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据IP地址或IP地址范围提供对应的第一标识；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供该目标IP地址或IP地址范围所对应的区域的第一标识；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据目标IP地址或IP地址范围提 供外部DNAI；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供该目标IP地址或IP地址范围对应的外部DNAI；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供与该目标IP地址或IP地址范围对应的内部DNAI所对应的外部DNAI。
可选地，第一网元为了获得目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标IP地址或IP地址段，表示该第一网元需要获取的是与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识；
可选地，第二网元在获取与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识后，可以将与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一标识。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以目标IP地址或IP地址范围提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以根据目标IP地址或IP地址范围提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述外部DNAI之间的对应关系；
可选地，第一网元可以通过目标IP地址或IP地址范围，让核心网提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述目标IP地址或IP地址范围和内部DNAI之间的对应关系，其中，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，第一网元为了获得第二映射关系，可以向第二网元发送第一请求，在第一请求中可以包括目标IP地址或IP地址段，表示该第一网元需要获取的是包括该目标IP地址或IP地址段的第二映射关系；
可选地，第二网元接收到第一请求后，可以基于第一请求，获取第二映射关系；
可选地，第二网元在获取第二映射关系后，可以将第二映射关系发送给第一网元；
可选地，第一网元即可以接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的第二映射关系。
可选地，第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求之前，即第一网元给第二网元发送第一网元之前，第一网元可以首先获取目标IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第二网元可以接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求之前，先向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，第一网元可以接收第二网元发送的一个目标IP地址或IP地址段，该目 标IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化；
可选地，该第二网元发送的一个目标IP地址或IP地址段可以来自于第二网元本身，还可以是来自于核心网的某一个或多个网络功能比如SMF，即SMF可以通过第二网元将目标IP地址或IP地址段转发给第一网元；
可选地，第二网元可以是从核心网其他网络功能获知目标终端访问的位置需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，SMF可以是从核心网其他网络功能获知目标终端访问的位置需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元还可以从SMF获取目标IP地址或IP地址段，该目标IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段可能会发生变化。
比如，第一网元可以从第二网元获得某个EAS的IP地址或IP地址段，该EAS的IP地址或IP地址段可以使第一网元获知：可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致目标终端所访问EAS服务器迁移，且需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段；
比如，以第一网元为AF为例，AF可能从NEF或SMF，得到一个目标IP地址或IP地址段，该IP地址或IP地址段用于指示给AF，可能由于UE移动，导致PDU会话的锚点发生迁移，会导致EAS服务器迁移，且需要迁移至目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第一网元从第二网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段时，可以是通过信令Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify获取。可选地，所述第二网元向第一网元发送第二信息，包括：
所述第二网元获取所述第二信息；
所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，向所述第一网元发送所述第二信息。
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供对应的第一标识，比如DNAI；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供对应的第一标识，比如外部DNAI；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供第二映射关系，第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识和所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
可选地，核心网(比如其中的第二网元)可以在提供目标IP地址或IP地址段时，根据目标IP地址或IP地址段直接提供第二信息；
可选地，第一网元可以在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收第一标识。
在本申请实施例中，可以在保证目标终端能基于目标IP地址或IP地址段重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置的基础上，进一步减少信令交互，且实现简单。
可选地，所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
所述第二网元基于本地缓存，获取所述第二信息；
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第二映射关系。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段时给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，在第二网元获取第二信息时，可以基于本地缓存，获取所述第二信息；其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第二映射关系。
可选地，在每一次第二网元基于任意方式获取第二映射关系后，均可以将第二映射关系缓存在本地，在此后若需要向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段对应的第一标识时，可以在本地缓存中查找是否有用于表征目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系的第二映射关系，若有，则可以向第一网元发送以下任意一项：
第二映射关系；或
第一标识。
本申请实施例中，通过第二网元基于本地缓存向第一网元提供第二信息，而不用从其他网络部分获取，可以有效减少信令交互，节省信令资源。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定所述第二信息的能力；
所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
所述第二网元基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，直接确定所述第二信息。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段时给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定所述第二信息的能力；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识的能力；
可选地，第二网元可以具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定用于表征目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系的第二映射关系的能力；
可选地，在第二网元获取第二信息时，可以基于自身能力，直接确定第二信息。
可选地，在第二网元基于自身能力直接确定第二信息之后，则可以向第一网元发送以下任意一项：
第二映射关系；或
第一标识。
本申请实施例中，通过第二网元基于自身能力确定需要向第一网元提供的第二信息，而不用从其他网络部分获取，可以有效减少信令交互，节省信令资源。
可选地，所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
所述第二网元向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第二网元接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段时给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元可以确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，并向第三网元请求第二信息；
可选地，第二网元可以首先确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，然后向该第三网元发送包括目标IP地址或IP地址段的第二请求，以向第三网元请求第二信息；
可选地，第三网元收到第二请求后，可以基于第二请求中的目标IP地址或IP地址段，确定第二信息；
可选地，第三网元确定第二信息后，可以向第二网元发送第二信息；
可选地，第二网元接收到第二信息后，则可以将第二信息发送给第一网元。
可选地，第三网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第三网元可以是会话管理功能(Session Management Function，SMF)。
可选地，所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，包括：
所述第二网元获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
所述第二网元基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
所述第二网元基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
可选地，第二网元在确定服务于目标终端的第三网元时，可以首先获取目标终端的终端标识，并基于终端标识，获取第三网元的网元标识；
可选地，第三网元的网元标识可以包括以下一项或多项：
网元IP地址，网元端口号，网元FQDN，或网元ID。
可选地，第二网元获取第三网元的网元标识后，即可以基于网元标识确定第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或发送目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图9是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之三；如图9所示，该方法包括如下步骤900至步骤920：
步骤900，第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
步骤910，所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
步骤920，所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
可选地，第一标识可以包括一个或多个标识。
可选地，第三网元可以是某一个或多个网络功能；
可选地，第三网元可以是会话管理功能(Session Management Function，SMF)。
可选地，第二网元为了在向第一网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段时给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元为了在接收到第一请求后给第一网元发送第二信息，第二网元可以首先获取第二信息；
可选地，第二网元可以确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，并向第三网元请求第二信息；
可选地，第二网元可以首先确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，然后向该第三网元发送包括目标IP地址或IP地址段的第二请求，以向第三网元请求第二信息；
可选地，第三网元收到第二请求后，可以基于第二请求中的目标IP地址或IP地址段，确定第二信息；
可选地，第三网元确定第二信息后，可以向第二网元发送第二信息；
可选地，第二网元接收到第二信息后，则可以将第二信息发送给第一网元。
可选地，第一网元在获取第二映射关系后，在基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识时，可以首先基于第二映射关系和目标IP地址或IP地址段获取第一标识，再基于第一标识，确定目标标识；
比如，以第一网元为AF，目标IP地址或IP地址段为EAS的IP地址段为例，AF所得到的EAS的IP地址段可以为IP＝10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255，则根据这个EAS的IP地址段，AF可以从网络侧获得第一标识。比如，该EAS的IP地址段对应的第一标识为DNAI＝1；或者对应的DNAI标识范围(多个第一标识)是DNAI＝1～DNAI＝3。这样，AF可以获得了目标EAS对应的目标DNAI。然后这个目标DNAI可以用于SMF为新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)建立PDU会话，选择UPF。
可选地，AF确定一个或者多个第一标识以后，AF可以根据应用层的服务器迁移的逻辑，从所有第一标识中随机选一个第一标识作为目标标识，比如说，第一标识中的DNAI＝1对应的距离终端接入可能更近，或者DNAI＝1对应的网络链路条件更好等，则将DNAI＝1作为目标标识。
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的第一标识后，即在基于第一标识，确定目标标识时，第一网元可以确定第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，第一网元在确定与该目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应的所有第一标识后，即在基于第一标识，确定目标标识时，第一网元可以从其中确定部分第一标识为目标标识；
可选地，第一网元在确定目标IP地址或IP地址段后，终端的流量可以通过目标标识所指示的网元出口，访问数据网络中目标IP地址或IP地址段所指示的位置。
比如，以目标标识为DNAI为例，第一网元(比如AF)通过发送目标IP地址或IP地址段，比如EAS IP地址为10.1.1.1，至核心网，然后获得第二信息。所述第二信息可以是：target DNAI或者external DNAI＝2，即，目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的DNAI；第二信息也可以是：10.1.0.0–10.1.255.255这个IP地址范围所对应的DNAI或者DNAI的范围：DNAI＝1到DNAI＝10，或，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段与第一标识之间的第二映射关系。也就是说，目标IP地址或IP地址范围，也可以对应一个特定的DNAI或者DNAI的范围。
在AF确定了DNAI或者DNAI的范围(第一标识)以后，AF就可以上报target DNAI(或external target DNAI)，通知5G核心网，进而可以辅助SMF为当前终端和新的访问服务器建立PDU会话，或者选择新的用户面，经过所述用户面(即目标标识所指示的网元)可以访问新的EAS IP地址(即目标IP地址或IP地址段)。
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所访问的业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联；即，目标IP地址或IP地址段可以包括目标终端所在的网元(由目标标识所指示的网元)对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下至少一项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，目标标识可以包括数据网络接入标识符DNAI；
可选地，目标终端的流量可以从UPF/PSA出口，访问DN，访问DN里的应用服务器。所以DNAI标识符可以用于表征：当目标终端访问某个服务器以及访问某个DN的时候，是通过哪个UPF/PSA，即用这个标识符DNAI来标识该UPF/PSA(Identifier of a user plane access to one or more DN(s)where applications are deployed)。
可选地，可以定义外部DNAI(external DNAI)，避免核心网内部使用的参数DNAI开放给第三方AF使用；
可选地，外部DNAI可以和数据网络接入标识符DNAI(还可以称为内部DNAI)一一对应；外部DNAI在核心网外部使用，内部DNAI在核心网内部使用。
可选地，外部DNAI和内部DNAI之间的一一对应关系是已知的。
可选地，外部DNAI所指示的网元可以为：与该外部DNAI相对应的内部DNAI所指示的网元；
可选地，目标标识可以包括外部DNAI(external DNAI)。
在一个实施例中，图10是本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法的流程示意图之四；如图10所示，以核心网为5GC网络侧，第一网元为AF，第二网元为NEF，第三网元为SMF为例，IP地址确定方法可以包括如下步骤：
步骤1：AF发送第一请求；
具体地，AF在触发第一请求之前，可以从NEF或SMF，通过Nnef_TrafficInfluence_Notify，或者Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify，得到目标IP地址或IP地址段，比如某个EAS的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示给AF，用于获得这个IP地址或IP地址段所对应的DNAI或external DNAI。AF所发送的第一请求，用于获得第一信息，因此，所述第一请求所在的信令可以设计为：Nnef_DNAI_Get Request；AF也可以把自己的IP地址，或者AF所能提供服务的IP地址范围发送给5G核心网。比如，当前AF所服务的范围，IP地址范围是10.1.0.0- 10.1.255.255。
AF触发第一请求，发给NEF，所述第一请求包括一个目标IP地址或IP地址段，请求5GC网络侧提供该目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识或请求第二映射信息；
所述第一请求可以包括目标IP地址或IP地址段，以及下述任意一项或多项：AF位置信息，AF的IP地址，或UE的IP地址。
步骤2：NEF验证AF的动作；
在一种情况中，NEF可以具备直接基于目标IP地址或IP地址段映射成第一标识的能力。在此情况下，那么步骤3至步骤9的过程可以省略。
在一种情况中，NEF可以缓存目标IP地址或IP地址段和标识之间的第二映射关系，即在收到目标IP地址或IP地址段后可以基于缓存确定第一标识。在此情况下，那么步骤3至步骤9的过程可以省略。
步骤3：NEF触发BSF的服务(可以基于信令Nbsf_Management_Discovery实现)；
具体地，所述服务用于得到SUPI。
具体地，NEF可以触发BSF根据步骤1提供的UE的IP地址等，找到对应的SUPI，这个SUPI就是当前这个AF所服务的UE的标识符。
步骤4：BSF提供SUPI(可以基于信令Nbsf_Management_Discovery response(SUPI)实现)；
步骤5：NEF触发UDM的服务(可以基于信令Nudm_SDM_Get request实现)；该服务用于获得，管理AF/EAS和UE之间的PDU会话的SMF。
具体地，NEF拿到SUPI以后，触发UDM的服务，NEF可以触发UDM提供服务于当前UE的SMF的instance ID。
具体地，当前PDU会话的DNAI对于SMF是已知的。
步骤6：UDM提供SMF的ID(可以基于信令Nudm_SDM_Get request response(SMF instance ID)实现)；
具体地，NE可以确定SMF的ID，还可以包括SMF的IP地址等信息。
步骤7：NEF向SMF发送第二请求；
可选地，NEF可以发送一个订阅请求或者参数获取请求，作为第二请求或用于承载第二请求，到SMF，请求获得所述目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或请求获得第二映射信息。
所述当前PDU会话可以指：当前EAS和UE之间建立了一条PDU会话，而这个AF是服务于EAS的控制面网元。
可选地，可以复用现有的Nsmf_EventExposure_Subscribe，该订阅请求输入目标IP地址或者IP地址段(比如EAS IP或者是AF的IP地址)，然后SMF以 Nsmf_EventExposure_Notify的形式提供目标IP地址或者IP地址段所对应的DNAI或external DNAI，或者新设定一个信令：Nsmf_DNAI_Get request，然后输入参数为EAS的IP地址或IP地址段，作为第二请求，用于请求获得第二信息，即这个EAS的IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，和/或，获得第二映射关系。
步骤8：SMF提供第二信息；
具体地，SMF可以向NEF提供第二信息，即EAS的IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，和/或，第二映射关系。
步骤9：NEF确定EAS的IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识的映射；
可选地，假如引入了external DNAI，则NEF可以把SMF反馈的EAS的IP地址或IP地址段到内部DNAI的映射，变为external DNAI和EAS的IP地址或IP地址段的映射。
可选地，该步骤9可以基于是否引入external DNAI而选择性执行。
步骤10：AF获取第二信息。
可选地，AF可以通过NEF发送的信令Nnef_DNAI_Get Response获取第二信息；
AF获知第一标识，或AF获知第二映射信息后，可以确定目标标识，进而在EAS relocation的时候，确定根据target EAS来决定target DNAI。在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或发送目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定方法，执行主体可以为IP地址确定装置。本申请实施例中以IP地址确定装置执行IP地址确定方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置。
图11是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之一；如图11所示，IP地址确定装置1100可以包括：第一获取模块1110，第二获取模块1120和第一确定模块1130；其中：
第一获取模块1110用于获得目标标识；
第二获取模块1120用于获得第一信息；
第一确定模块1130用于基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所 述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，第一获取模块1110具体用于：
接收第二网元发送的所述目标标识。
可选地，第二获取模块1120具体用于：
向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
所述第一网元接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，第二获取模块1120具体用于：
在接收所述目标标识时，接收所述第一信息。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图12是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之二；如图12所示，IP地址确定装置1200可以包括：第一发送模块1210；其中：
第一发送模块1210用于向第一网元发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述装置还包括：
第三接收模块，用于在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息之前，接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
第五获取模块，用于基于所述第一请求，获取所述第一信息。
可选地，第一发送模块1210具体用于：
获取所述第一信息；
向所述第一网元发送所述目标标识时，向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。
可选地，第五获取模块或第一发送模块1210具体用于：
基于本地缓存，获取所述第一信息。
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第一映射关系。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标标识确定所述第一信息的能力；
第五获取模块或第一发送模块1210具体用于：
基于所述目标标识直接确定所述第一信息。
可选地，第五获取模块或第一发送模块1210具体用于：
确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标标识；
接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，第五获取模块或第一发送模块1210具体用于：
获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标 识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图13是本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置的结构示意图之三；如图13所示，IP地址确定装置1300可以包括：第一接收模块1310，第二确定模块1320，及第二发送模块1330；其中：
第一接收模块1310用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
第二确定模块1320用于基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
第二发送模块1330用于向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
本申请实施例中的IP地址确定装置可以是电子设备，例如具有操作系统的电子设备，也可以是电子设备中的部件，例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端，也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的，电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载电子设备、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴设备、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本或者个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)等，还可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、电视机(television，TV)、柜员机或者自助机等，终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS) 等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本申请实施例中的IP地址确定装置可以为具有操作系统的装置。该操作系统可以为安卓(Android)操作系统，可以为ios操作系统，还可以为其他可能的操作系统，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本申请实施例提供的IP地址确定装置能够实现图2至图6的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例提供的标识确定方法，执行主体可以为标识确定装置。本申请实施例中以标识确定装置执行标识确定方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置。
图14是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之一；如图14所示，标识确定装置1400可以包括：第三获取模块1410，第四获取模块1420，及第三确定模块1430；其中：
第三获取模块1410用于获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
第四获取模块1420用于获得第二信息；
第三确定模块1430用于基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，所述第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段，包括：
所述第一网元接收第二网元发送的所述目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，第三获取模块1410用于：
向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，第四获取模块1420具体用于：
在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收所述第二信息。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图15是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之二；如图15所示，标识确定装置1500可以包括：第三发送模块1510；其中：
第三发送模块1510用于向第一网元发送第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述装置还包括：
第四接收模块，用于在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一标识之前，接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
第六获取模块，用于基于所述第一请求，获取所述第二信息。
可选地，第三发送模块1510具体用于：
获取所述第二信息；
向所述第一网元发送所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，向所述第一网元发送所述第二信息。
可选地，第六获取模块或第三发送模块1510具体用于：
基于本地缓存，获取所述第二信息；
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第二映射关系。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定所述第二信息的能力；
第六获取模块或第三发送模块1510具体用于：
所述第二网元基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，直接确定所述第二信息。
可选地，第六获取模块或第三发送模块1510具体用于：
确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，第六获取模块或第三发送模块1510具体用于：
获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
图16是本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置的结构示意图之三；如图16所示，标识确定装置1600可以包括：第二接收模块1610，第四确定模块1620，第四发送模块1630；其中：
第二接收模块1610用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
第四确定模块1620用于基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
第四发送模块1630用于向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或发送目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
本申请实施例中的标识确定装置可以是电子设备，例如具有操作系统的电子设备，也可以是电子设备中的部件，例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端，也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的，电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载电子设备、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴设备、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本或者个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)等，还可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、电视机(television，TV)、柜员机或者自助机等，终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS)等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本申请实施例中的IP地址确定装置可以为具有操作系统的装置。该操作系统可以为安卓(Android)操作系统，可以为ios操作系统，还可以为其他可能的操作系统，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本申请实施例提供的标识确定装置能够实现图7至图10的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
可选的，图17是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图之一，如图17所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1700，包括处理器1701和存储器1702，存储器1702上存储有可在所述处理器1701上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备1700为第一网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1701执行时实现上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备1700为第二网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1701执行时实现上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果；该通信设备1700为第三网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1701执行时实现 上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
可选的，图18是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图之二，如图18所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1800，包括处理器1801和存储器1802，存储器1802上存储有可在所述处理器1801上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备1800为第一网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1801执行时实现上述标识确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果；该通信设备1800为第二网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1801执行时实现上述标识确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果；该通信设备1800为第三网元时，该程序或指令被处理器1801执行时实现上述标识确定方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第一网元。图19为实现本申请实施例的一种第一网元的结构示意图之一，如图19所示，该第一网元1900包括：处理器1901、网络接口1902和存储器1903。其中，网络接口1902例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器1903可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器1903可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器1903可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器1903可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1903包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器1901可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器1901集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1901中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第一网元1900还包括：存储在存储器1903上并可在处 理器1901上运行的指令或程序，处理器1901调用存储器1903中的指令或程序执行图11所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器1901用于：
获得目标标识；
获得第一信息；基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，处理器1901用于：
接收第二网元发送的所述目标标识。
可选地，处理器1901用于：
向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，处理器1901用于：
在接收所述目标标识时，接收所述第一信息。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目 标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标标识后，确定目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，进而从其中确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第二网元。图20为实现本申请实施例的一种第二网元的结构示意图之一，如图20所示，该第二网元2000包括：处理器2001、网络接口2002和存储器2003。其中，网络接口2002例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器2003可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器2003可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器2003可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器2003可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器2003包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器2001可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器2001集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2001中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第二网元2000还包括：存储在存储器2003上并可在处理器2001上运行的指令或程序，处理器2001调用存储器2003中的指令或程序执行图12所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器2001用于：
向第一网元发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所 述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，处理器2001用于：
在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息之前，所述第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
所述第二网元基于所述第一请求，获取所述第一信息。
可选地，处理器2001用于：
获取所述第一信息；
向所述第一网元发送所述目标标识时，向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。
可选地，处理器2001用于：
基于本地缓存，获取所述第一信息。
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第一映射关系。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标标识确定所述第一信息的能力；
处理器2001用于：
基于所述目标标识直接确定所述第一信息。
可选地，处理器2001用于：
确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标标识；
接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第一信息。
可选地，处理器2001用于：
获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第一网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP 地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第三网元。图21为实现本申请实施例的一种第三网元的结构示意图之一，如图21所示，该第三网元2100包括：处理器2101、网络接口2102和存储器2103。其中，网络接口2102例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器2103可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器2103可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器2103可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器2103可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器2103包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器2101可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器2101集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2101中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第三网元2100还包括：存储在存储器2103上并可在处理器2101上运行的指令或程序，处理器2101调用存储器2103中的指令或程序执行图13所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器2101用于：
接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
第一映射关系；
第一IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标标识所对应的第一IP地址或IP地址段，或发送第一IP地址或IP地址段和所述目标标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端可以访问的最优的IP地址或IP地址段，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能基于目标标识重新确定当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第一网元。图22为实现本申请实施例的一种第一网元的结构示意图之二，如图22所示，该第一网元2200包括：处理器2201、网络接口2202和存储器2203。其中，网络接口2202例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器2203可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器2203可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器2203可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器2203可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器2203包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器2201可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器2201集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2201中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第一网元2200还包括：存储在存储器2203上并可在处 理器2201上运行的指令或程序，处理器2201调用存储器2203中的指令或程序执行图14所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器2201用于：
获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
获得第二信息；
基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
可选地，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
外部DNAI。
可选地，处理器2201用于：
接收第二网元发送的所述目标IP地址或IP地址段。
可选地，处理器2201用于：
向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，处理器2201用于：
在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收所述第二信息。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第二网元。图23为实现本申请实施例的一种第二网元的结构示意图之二，如图23所示，该第二网元2300包括：处理器2301、网络接口2302和存储器2303。其中，网络接口2302例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器2303可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器2303可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器2303可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器2303可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器2303包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器2301可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器2301集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2301中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第二网元2300还包括：存储在存储器2303上并可在处理器2301上运行的指令或程序，处理器2301调用存储器2303中的指令或程序执行图15所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器2301用于：
向第一网元发送第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
可选地，处理器2301用于：
在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一标识之前，接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
基于所述第一请求，获取所述第二信息。
可选地，处理器2301用于：
获取所述第二信息；
向所述第一网元发送所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，向所述第一网元发送所述第二信息。
可选地，处理器2301用于：
基于本地缓存，获取所述第二信息；
其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第二映射关系。
可选地，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定所述第二信息的能力；
处理器2301用于：
基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，直接确定所述第二信息。
可选地，处理器2301用于：
确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
所述第二网元接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第二信息。
可选地，处理器2301用于：
获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以在获知目标IP地址或IP地址段后，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，进而从其中确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种第三网元。图24为实现本申请实施例的一种第三网元的结构示意图之二，如图24所示，该第三网元2400包括：处理器2401、网络接口2402和存储器2403。其中，网络接口2402例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface，CPRI)。
存储器2403可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器2403可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器2403可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器2403可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器2403包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器2401可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器2401集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2401中。
具体地，本发明实施例的第三网元2400还包括：存储在存储器2403上并可在处理器2401上运行的指令或程序，处理器2401调用存储器2403中的指令或程序执行图16所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
其中，处理器2401用于：
接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
第二映射关系；
第一标识；
所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
在本申请实施例中，通过定义目标终端访问的区域的IP地址或IP地址段，和目标终端访问该区域所通过的网元的标识之间的对应关系，可以向第二网元发送目标IP地址或IP地址段所对应的第一标识，或发送目标IP地址或IP地址段和第一标识之间的对应关系，以使第二网元转发至第一网元，进而使第一网元可以确定目标终端访问最优的目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元，可以保证在目标终端访问的数据网络改变以后，目标终端也能确定合适的网元访问当前数据网络下最优的访问位置。
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述标识确定方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述标识确定方法实施 例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述IP地址确定方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述标识确定方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供了一种IP地址确定系统，包括：第一网元、第二网元和第三网元，所述第一网元可用于执行如上所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，所述第二网元可用于执行如上所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，所述第三网元可用于执行如上所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供了一种标识确定系统，包括：第一网元、第二网元和第三网元，所述第一网元可用于执行如上所述的标识确定方法的步骤，所述第二网元可用于执行如上所述的标识确定方法的步骤，所述第三网元可用于执行如上所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外，需要指出的是，本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能，还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能，例如，可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法，并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外，参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，空调器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。

Claims (38)

  1. 一种互联网协议IP地址确定方法，包括：
    第一网元获得目标标识；
    所述第一网元获得第一信息；
    所述第一网元基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
    业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
    与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终端相关联。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
    数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
    外部DNAI。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，第一网元获得目标标识，包括：
    所述第一网元接收第二网元发送的所述目标标识。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述第一网元获得第一信息，包括：
    所述第一网元向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
    所述第一网元接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第一信息。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述第一网元获得第一信息，包括：
    所述第一网元在接收所述目标标识时，接收所述第一信息。
  7. 一种IP地址确定方法，包括：
    第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息；
    所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    其中，第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；
    其中，所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息之前，所述第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标标识；
    所述第二网元基于所述第一请求，获取所述第一信息。
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息，包括：
    所述第二网元获取所述第一信息；
    所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述目标标识时，向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
    所述第二网元基于本地缓存，获取所述第一信息；
    其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第一映射关系。
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标标识确定所述第一信息的能力；
    所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
    所述第二网元基于所述目标标识直接确定所述第一信息。
  12. 根据权利要求8或9所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述获取所述第一信息，包括：
    所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
    所述第二网元向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标标识；
    所述第二网元接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第一信息。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的IP地址确定方法，其中，所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，包括：
    所述第二网元获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
    所述第二网元基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
    所述第二网元基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
  14. 一种IP地址确定方法，包括：
    第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
    所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
    所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  15. 一种标识确定方法，包括
    第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一网元获得第二信息；
    所述第一网元基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
    所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段包括以下任意一项或多项：
    业务服务器将要迁移至的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述目标终端将要访问的数据网DN的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述目标终端将要访问的业务服务器的位置所对应的IP地址或IP地址段；或
    与第一目标标识相对应的IP地址或IP地址段，所述第一目标标识与所述目标终 端相关联。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述目标标识包括以下任意一项或多项：
    数据网络接入标识符DNAI；或
    外部DNAI。
  18. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第一网元获得目标IP地址或IP地址段，包括：
    所述第一网元接收第二网元发送的所述目标IP地址或IP地址段。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第一网元获得第二信息，包括：
    所述第一网元向所述第二网元发送第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一网元接收第二网元基于所述第一请求发送的所述第二信息。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第一网元获得第二信息，包括：
    所述第一网元在接收所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，接收所述第二信息。
  21. 一种标识确定方法，包括：
    第二网元向第一网元发送第二信息；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一标识之前，所述第二网元接收所述第一网元发送的第一请求，所述第一请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第二网元基于所述第一请求，获取所述第二信息。
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第二网元向第一网元发送第二信息，包括：
    所述第二网元获取所述第二信息；
    所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时，向所述第一网元发送所述第二信息。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
    所述第二网元基于本地缓存，获取所述第二信息；
    其中，所述本地缓存中保存有所述第二映射关系。
  25. 根据权利要求22或23所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第二网元具备基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段确定所述第二信息的能力；
    所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
    所述第二网元基于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段，直接确定所述第二信息。
  26. 根据权利要求22或23所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述获取所述第二信息，包括：
    所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元；
    所述第二网元向所述第三网元发送第二请求，所述第二请求包括所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第二网元接收所述第三网元基于所述第二请求发送的所述第二信息。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的标识确定方法，其中，所述第二网元确定服务于目标终端的第三网元，包括：
    所述第二网元获取所述目标终端的终端标识；
    所述第二网元基于所述终端标识，获取所述第三网元的网元标识；
    所述第二网元基于所述网元标识，确定所述第三网元。
  28. 一种标识确定方法，包括：
    第三网元接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第三网元基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
    所述第三网元向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；
    所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  29. 一种IP地址确定装置，包括：
    第一获取模块，用于获得目标标识；
    第二获取模块，用于获得第一信息；
    第一确定模块，用于基于所述第一信息，确定目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于所述目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  30. 一种IP地址确定装置，包括：
    第一发送模块，用于向第一网元发送第一信息；其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  31. 一种IP地址确定装置，包括：
    第一接收模块，用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标标识；
    第二确定模块，用于基于所述第二请求，确定第一信息；
    第二发送模块，用于向所述第二网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    第一映射关系；
    第一IP地址或IP地址段；
    所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与目标标识相对应，所述第一映射关系用于表征所述第一IP地址或IP地址段与所述目标标识之间的对应关系；所述第一IP地址或IP地址段包括或等于目标IP地址或IP地址段；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  32. 一种标识确定装置，包括
    第三获取模块，用于获得目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    第四获取模块，用于获得第二信息；
    第三确定模块，用于基于所述第二信息，确定目标标识；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于所述目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  33. 一种标识确定装置，包括：
    第三发送模块，用于向第一网元发送第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示所述第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  34. 一种标识确定装置，包括：
    第二接收模块，用于接收第二网元发送的第二请求，所述第二请求包括目标IP地址或IP地址段；
    第四确定模块，用于基于所述第二请求，确定第二信息；
    第四发送模块，用于向所述第二网元发送所述第二信息；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    第二映射关系；
    第一标识；
    所述第一标识与目标IP地址或IP地址段相对应，所述第二映射关系用于表征所述第一标识与所述目标IP地址或IP地址段之间的对应关系；所述第一标识包括或等于目标标识；所述目标IP地址或IP地址段用于指示第一网元所服务的目标终端所访问的IP地址或IP地址段，所述目标标识用于指示所述目标终端访问所述目标IP地址或IP地址段时需要通过的网元。
  35. 一种第一网元，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至6任一项所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或执行时实现如权利要求15至20任一项所述的 标识确定方法的步骤。
  36. 一种第二网元，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求7至13任一项所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或执行时实现如权利要求21至27任一项所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
  37. 一种第三网元，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求14所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或执行时实现如权利要求28所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
  38. 一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-14任一项所述的IP地址确定方法的步骤，或者实现如权利要求15至28任一项所述的标识确定方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2023/073545 2022-01-28 2023-01-28 Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元 WO2023143508A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210108268.1A CN116566950A (zh) 2022-01-28 2022-01-28 Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元
CN202210108268.1 2022-01-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023143508A1 true WO2023143508A1 (zh) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87470628

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/073545 WO2023143508A1 (zh) 2022-01-28 2023-01-28 Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116566950A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023143508A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018188186A1 (zh) * 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 华为技术有限公司 一种切换方法及装置
US20200329008A1 (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-10-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System, apparatus and method to support data server selection
CN112752300A (zh) * 2020-12-29 2021-05-04 锐捷网络股份有限公司 本地分流的实现方法及装置
CN113596191A (zh) * 2021-07-23 2021-11-02 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 一种数据处理方法、网元设备以及可读存储介质

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018188186A1 (zh) * 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 华为技术有限公司 一种切换方法及装置
US20200329008A1 (en) * 2019-04-12 2020-10-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System, apparatus and method to support data server selection
CN112752300A (zh) * 2020-12-29 2021-05-04 锐捷网络股份有限公司 本地分流的实现方法及装置
CN113596191A (zh) * 2021-07-23 2021-11-02 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 一种数据处理方法、网元设备以及可读存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116566950A (zh) 2023-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109842906B (zh) 一种通信的方法、装置及系统
AU2017435947B2 (en) Mobility management method, apparatus, and system
US20220124147A1 (en) Application relocation method and apparatus
US20190191367A1 (en) Network slice selection method and apparatus
JP2019537356A (ja) ユーザ端末の位置エリアの更新方法、アクセスネットワークエンティティ、ユーザ端末およびコアネットワークエンティティ
EP3577952B1 (en) Method and system for selection of an access and mobility management function in an access network environment
BR112019022063A2 (pt) método e dispositivo de comunicações com base em fatia
EP3823389B1 (en) User plane resource management method, user plane network element, and control plane network element
JP7198906B2 (ja) 能力管理方法及び通信装置
US20210203715A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transferring an edge computing application
US11082893B2 (en) Session migration method and device applied to a UE tracking area update
TWI640214B (zh) 一種網路接入方法、相關設備和系統
EP4117314A1 (en) Connection establishment method and communication device and system
CN112583880B (zh) 一种服务器发现方法及相关设备
WO2022022322A1 (zh) 访问本地网络的方法和装置
WO2023143508A1 (zh) Ip地址确定方法及装置、标识确定方法及装置、及网元
US11811856B2 (en) Determining a common application context relocation method for edge computing
JP2023539805A (ja) 機器の検索と登録方法、ネットワーク側機器
WO2023185810A1 (zh) 终端路由选择策略ursp确定方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024061205A1 (zh) 参数获取方法、装置、第一网络功能及第二网络功能
WO2024061144A1 (zh) 网络路由的配置方法、装置、网络侧设备及终端
WO2023143417A1 (zh) 策略处理方法、装置及网络功能
WO2023083174A1 (zh) 签约更新的方法、装置、网元及介质
WO2023179595A1 (zh) 非3gpp设备的会话通道建立方法、装置及设备
WO2023216960A1 (zh) 数据处理方法、装置、核心网节点、电子设备和存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23746385

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1